pdlb-10k_20181231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                      

Commission File Number 001-38224

 

PDL Community Bancorp

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

Federal

82-2857928

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2244 Westchester Avenue

Bronx, NY

10462

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (718) 931-9000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share; Common stock traded on the NASDAQ stock market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

  

Smaller reporting company

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  NO 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market on March 28, 2019 was $116,233,984.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 28, 2019 was 18,463,028.

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, scheduled to be held on May 1, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

PART I

1

Item 1. Business

1

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

34

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

43

Item 2. Properties.

43

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

44

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

44

 

 

PART II

45

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

45

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

46

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

48

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

63

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

64

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

112

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

112

Item 9B. Other Information.

112

 

 

PART III

113

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

113

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

113

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

113

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

113

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

113

 

 

PART IV

113

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

113

 

 

i


 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “target” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

fluctuations in real estate values and real estate market conditions;

 

demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments or our level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements, including as a result of Basel III;

 

the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations;

 

changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

ii


 

 

the inability of third party providers to perform as expected;

 

our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment;

 

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames, and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

our ability to retain key employees;

 

our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we may own.

 

 

 

 

iii


 

PART I

Item 1. Business

 

PDL Community Bancorp

PDL Community Bancorp (hereafter referred to as “we,” “our,” “us,” “PDL Community Bancorp,” or the “Company”), is the majority-owned subsidiary of Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. PDL Community Bancorp, as the holding company of Ponce Bank (“Ponce Bank” or the “Bank”), a federal stock savings association subsidiary of PDL Community Bancorp, is authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for savings and loan holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. On February 21, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board approved the Company as a Financial Holding Company to exercise such powers as are permitted by applicable laws and regulations.  The Company is designated a Community Development Financial Institution.

The Company’s stockholders authorized and approved the Company’s 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) at a Special Meeting of Stockholders on October 30, 2018.

Our cash flow is dependent on earnings from investments and any dividends received from Ponce Bank. PDL Community Bancorp does not own nor lease any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of Ponce Bank. At the present time, we employ only persons who are officers of Ponce Bank to serve as officers of PDL Community Bancorp. We use the support staff of Ponce Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by PDL Community Bancorp. PDL Community Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

The Company’s executive office is located at 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462, and the telephone number at that address is (718) 931-9000.

Available Information

Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), PDL Community Bancorp is required to file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company electronically files its annual report on Form 10-K, proxy, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K and other reports as required with the SEC. The SEC website www.sec.gov provides access to all forms which have been filed electronically. Additionally, the Company’s SEC filings and additional shareholder information are available free of charge on the Company’s website, www.poncebank.com (within the Investor Relations section). Information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this annual report.

The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ stock market under the symbol “PDLB.”

 

Ponce Bank

Ponce Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings association headquartered in the Bronx, New York. Ponce Bank was originally chartered in 1960 as a federally-chartered mutual savings and loan association under the name Ponce De Leon Federal Savings and Loan Association. In 1985, the Bank changed its name to “Ponce De Leon Federal Savings Bank.” In 1997, the Bank changed its name again to “Ponce De Leon Federal Bank.” The Bank is designated as a Minority Depository Institution and a Community Development Financial Institution under applicable regulations.

Business is conducted at our Bronx administrative center and 13 banking offices. The banking offices are located in Bronx (4 branches), Manhattan (2 branches), Queens (3 branches) and Brooklyn (3 branches), New York, and one branch in Union City, New Jersey.

1


 

The Bank’s business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in mortgage loans consisting of one-to-four family real estate, including  residential owner-occupied and investor-owned, multifamily residential, nonresidential property, construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, business and consumer loans. Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to increase our focus on multifamily and nonresidential loans in an effort to grow our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. We also invest in securities, which have historically consisted primarily of securities issued by the U.S. Government and federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts.  We also use alternative funding sources such as borrowings and brokered and listing service deposits to complement our existing funding base.

 

Market Area

We are headquartered in the Bronx, New York, with our primary market in the boroughs of New York City (excluding Staten Island) and Hudson County, New Jersey. The size and complex nature of the geographic footprint makes for diverse demographics that continue to undergo significant changes, in terms of economic, racial, ethnic and age parameters, all with potentially substantial long-term institutional ramifications.

Our primary deposit base includes a large and stable base of locally employed blue-collar workers with low-to-medium income, middle-aged, and with limited investment funds. Within the base of locally employed blue-collar workers there is a significant, and growing, portion of recently immigrated, younger, lower-skilled laborers. The influx of immigrant lower-skilled workers, however, has been hampered by the increases in rental rates in the rental housing market within the New York City metropolitan area.

Another significant customer segment consists of middle aged and older white-collar, high-income individuals, many of whom are self-employed real estate investors and developers. They constitute a large percentage of the borrowing base of the Bank and, increasingly, are becoming the source of a significant percentage of commercial deposits.

The Bank historically has been funded through local community deposits. Today, the Bank continues to rely primarily on community deposits from its market areas to fund investments and loans. However, the mix of community deposits now includes consumer and commercial deposits with a strong reliance on time deposits.

 

Competition

The Bank faces significant competition within its market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. There is a high concentration of financial institutions in the Bank’s market area, including national, regional and other locally-operated commercial banks, savings banks, savings associations and credit unions. Several “mega” banks exist in the market, such as JPMorgan Chase, Citibank and Capital One, many of whom are making a new push for retail deposits. A number of our competitors offer non-deposit products and services that the Bank does not currently offer, such as trust services, private banking, insurance services and asset management. Additionally, the Bank faces an increasing level of competition from non-core financial service providers that do not necessarily maintain a physical presence in the Bank’s market area, such as Quicken Loans, Freedom Mortgage and many internet financial service providers. The litany of competitors facing the Bank is extensive.

 

Deposit market share in the New York area can be difficult to quantify, as some “mega” banks will include large scale deposits from around the world as held at headquarters. However, in Bronx County, New York, where the Bank maintains four branches, it holds 1.94% (June 30, 2018) of the market’s deposits. This represents the Bank’s largest market share in a county-level area. Generally speaking, the Bank has been able to grow deposits at about the same rates as its respective local markets of operation. For example, between December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, the Queens County market increased 7.36%, and the Bank grew deposits at its branches in tandem with that rate. The Bank continues to work to improve its market position by expanding its brand within its current market area, and building its capacity to provide more products and services to its customer base.

 

2


 

Lending Activities

General. The Bank’s principal lending activity is originating one-to-four family real estate, including residential investor-owned and owner-occupied, multifamily residential, nonresidential property, construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, the Bank also originates commercial and industrial (“C&I”) business loans and consumer loans. It originates real estate and other loans through its loan officers, marketing efforts, customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers, builders and attorneys. Subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, it seeks to increase its emphasis on multifamily and nonresidential loans in an effort to grow the overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on loans.

Lending activities are conducted primarily by its salaried loan officers operating at its main and branch office locations. It also conducts lending activities through its subsidiary Ponce De Leon Mortgage Corporation.  All loans originated by the Bank are underwritten pursuant to its policies and procedures. The Bank currently intends that substantially all of its mortgage loan originations will have adjustable interest rates. For our business loan originations, variable rate pricing is offered based on prime rate, plus margin.

 

Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by type of loan (excluding loans held-for-sale) at the dates indicated. Loans in process at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $46.5 million and $48.7 million, respectively.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

303,197

 

 

 

32.61

%

 

$

287,158

 

 

 

35.51

%

 

$

227,409

 

 

 

34.90

%

 

$

203,239

 

 

 

35.25

%

 

$

190,726

 

 

 

34.54

%

Owner-occupied

 

 

92,788

 

 

 

9.98

%

 

 

100,854

 

 

 

12.47

%

 

 

97,631

 

 

 

14.98

%

 

 

106,053

 

 

 

18.39

%

 

 

105,222

 

 

 

19.05

%

Multifamily residential

 

 

232,509

 

 

 

25.01

%

 

 

188,550

 

 

 

23.31

%

 

 

158,200

 

 

 

24.28

%

 

 

122,836

 

 

 

21.30

%

 

 

110,978

 

 

 

20.10

%

Nonresidential

   properties

 

 

196,917

 

 

 

21.18

%

 

 

151,193

 

 

 

18.70

%

 

 

121,500

 

 

 

18.64

%

 

 

106,462

 

 

 

18.46

%

 

 

111,806

 

 

 

20.24

%

Construction and land

 

 

87,572

 

 

 

9.42

%

 

 

67,240

 

 

 

8.31

%

 

 

30,340

 

 

 

4.66

%

 

 

22,883

 

 

 

3.97

%

 

 

18,707

 

 

 

3.39

%

Total mortgage loans

 

 

912,983

 

 

 

98.20

%

 

 

794,995

 

 

 

98.30

%

 

 

635,080

 

 

 

97.46

%

 

 

561,473

 

 

 

97.37

%

 

 

537,439

 

 

 

97.32

%

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans

 

 

15,710

 

 

 

1.69

%

 

 

12,873

 

 

 

1.59

%

 

 

15,719

 

 

 

2.41

%

 

 

14,350

 

 

 

2.49

%

 

 

14,206

 

 

 

2.57

%

Consumer loans

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

886

 

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

843

 

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

788

 

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

614

 

 

 

0.11

%

Total nonmortgage

   loans

 

 

16,778

 

 

 

1.80

%

 

 

13,759

 

 

 

1.70

%

 

 

16,562

 

 

 

2.54

%

 

 

15,138

 

 

 

2.63

%

 

 

14,820

 

 

 

2.68

%

 

 

 

929,761

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

808,754

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

651,642

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

576,611

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

552,259

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred loan

   origination costs

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

479

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for losses

   on loans

 

 

(12,659

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,071

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,484

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,449

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

918,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

798,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

642,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

567,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

543,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank did not have any loans held for sale at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

3


 

Loan Products Offered by the Bank.  The following table provides a breakdown of the Bank’s loan portfolio by product type and principal balance outstanding at December 31, 2018:

 

At December 31, 2018

 

Loan Type

 

# of Loans

 

 

Principal

Balance

(In thousands)

 

 

% of Portfolio

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

547

 

 

$

303,197

 

 

 

32.61

%

Owner-occupied

 

267

 

 

 

92,788

 

 

 

9.98

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

269

 

 

 

232,509

 

 

 

25.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

208

 

 

 

196,917

 

 

 

21.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction 1-4 Investor

 

4

 

 

 

3,432

 

 

 

0.37

%

Construction Multifamily

 

23

 

 

 

78,608

 

 

 

8.45

%

Construction Nonresidential

 

3

 

 

 

5,532

 

 

 

0.60

%

Land loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&I lines of credit

 

77

 

 

 

12,189

 

 

 

1.31

%

C&I loans (term)

 

18

 

 

 

3,521

 

 

 

0.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured

 

42

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

0.04

%

Passbook

 

123

 

 

 

666

 

 

 

0.07

%

Grand Total

 

 

1,581

 

 

$

929,761

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

One-to-four Family Investor-Owned Loans. At $303.2 million, or 32.6%, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018, investor-owned mortgage loans secured by non-owner-occupied one-to-four family residential represent the Bank’s largest lending category. The majority of this portfolio, $262.1 million, or 86.4% are two-to-four family properties (447 accounts), while the remaining $41.1 million, or 13.6%, are primarily single family, non-owner-occupied investment properties (100 accounts). The three largest loans in this category are $4.8 million, $3.1 million and $3.0 million. In this category, loans totaling $125.6 million, or 41.4%, are secured by properties located in Queens County, $105.1 million, or 34.6%, in Kings County, $28.6 million, or 9.4%, in Bronx County, and $18.3 million, or 6.0%, in New York County. The rest of this category, less than 9.0%, is spread out in other counties and no other concentration exceeded $7.0 million or 5.6%.

One-to-four family investor-owned real estate loans involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family owner-occupied real estate loans. Rather than depending on the borrower’s repayment ability from employment or other income, the borrower’s repayment ability is primarily dependent on ensuring that a tenant occupies the investor property and has the financial capacity to pay sufficient rent to cover the borrower’s debt. In addition, if an investor borrower has several loans secured by properties in the same market, the loans have risks similar to a multifamily real estate loan and repayment of those loans is subject to adverse conditions in the rental market or the local economy.

The Bank imposes strict underwriting guidelines in the origination of such loans, including lower maximum loan-to-value ratios of 70% on purchases and 65% on refinances, a required minimum debt service coverage ratio (net operating income divided by debt service requirement) of 1.20x that must be met by either the property on a standalone basis, or by the inclusion of the owner(s) as co-borrower(s). In addition, all such loans currently require that the transaction exhibit a global debt service coverage ratio (net operating income divided by debt service requirement) of no less than 1.0x. This coverage ratio indicates that the owner has the capacity to support the loan along with all of his personal obligations. On occasion, the Bank has required that the borrower establish a cash reserve to be held at the Bank in order to provide additional security. The maximum term on such loans is 30 years, typically with five-year adjustable rates.

4


 

One-to-four Family Owner-occupied Loans. Lending in this category totaled $92.8 million, or 10.0% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018. None of the loans in this category exceeded $2.0 million in outstanding balances, with the three largest having $1.7 million, $1.6 million and $1.3 million in outstanding balances. There are only 17 loans with an outstanding balance in excess of $1.0 million, which in total account for less than 23.0% of this category. At December 31, 2018, approximately 39.9% of this category is secured by properties located in Queens County and 10.2% in New York County. None of the other geographical concentrations exceeded 10% of this category.

It is the Bank’s policy to underwrite loans secured by one-to-four family owner-occupied residential real estate in a manner that ensures strict compliance with Dodd-Frank regulatory requirements. This includes underwriting only mortgages that have a debt-to-income ratio of 43% or less. That is the highest ratio a borrower can have and still receive a qualified mortgage. A qualified mortgage is presumed to meet the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. As part of this effort, the Bank employs software that tests each loan for compliance.

The Bank generally limits loans in this category to a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 90% for a purchase and 80% for a refinance, based on the lower of the purchase price or appraised value. The maximum loan term is 30 years, self-amortizing. Being that the Bank is a portfolio lender, it presently does not offer a fixed-rate product. The Bank currently offers mostly 5/1 and 5/5 adjustable rate loans that adjust based on a spread ranging between 2.75% to 3.00% over the one-or five-year Federal Home Loan Bank of New York rate. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may increase generally is limited to 2% for the first two adjustments and 5% for the life of the loan.

Multifamily and Nonresidential Lending. At $232.5 million, or 25.0% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018, mortgages secured by multifamily properties represent the Bank’s second largest lending concentration. The nonresidential portfolio accounts for $196.9 million, or 21.2%, of the total loan portfolio, and represents the third largest concentration.  Combined, the multifamily and non-residential loan portfolios amount to $429.4 million, or 46.2% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018.  The three largest loans were $7.9 million, $8.0 million and $7.7 million, with the largest being a nonresidential building, and the other two being multifamily residential and nonresidential, respectively. Of the total of $429.4 million, 130 loans have balances in excess of $1.0 million and account for $278.1 million, or approximately 64.8%, of this lending concentration. In terms of geographical concentrations, $181.4 million, or 42.2%, are secured by properties located in Queens County, $90.5 million, or 21.8%, in Kings County, $70.5 million, or 16.4%, in Bronx County, $25.4 million, or 5.9%, in New York County and $20.1 million, or 4.7%, in Westchester County. All other concentrations by county, which account for less than 10.0% of this category, have balances of $10.0 million or less.  In the nonresidential portfolio, $52.1 million is classified as owner-used, owner-occupied. The overall mix is diverse in terms of property types, with the largest concentration being retail and wholesale at $63.0 million, or 32.0%, of the portfolio, industrial and warehouse at $46.9 million, or 23.8%, service, doctor, dentist, beauty, etc. at $24.4 million or 12.4%, offices at $21.2 million, or 10.8%, hotels and motels at $13.7 million, or 6.9%, restaurants at $13.4 million, or 6.8%, and churches at $11.6 million, or 5.9%. The rest of the portfolio accounts for other property types, with none exceeding 1.0% as a portfolio concentration.

The Bank considers a number of factors in originating multifamily and nonresidential mortgages. Loans secured by multifamily and nonresidential real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential real estate loans. The primary concern in this type of lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the viability and cash flow potential of the property. Payments on loans secured by income-producing properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be more subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy as compared to residential real estate loans. To address the risks involved, the Bank evaluates the qualifications and financial resources of the underlying principal of the borrower, including credit history, profitability and expertise, as well as the value of cash flows and condition of the property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, the Bank considers the financial resources of the borrower, the experience of the underlying principal(s) of the borrower in owning or managing similar properties and the borrower’s payment history with the Bank and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors considered include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value or purchase price of the mortgaged property (whichever is lower), and the debt service coverage ratio. All multifamily and non-residential loans are supported by appraisals that conform to the Bank’s appraisal policy. The Bank generally limits the maximum loan-to-value ratio on these loans to 75%, based on the lower of the purchase price or appraised value of the subject property (70% on the refinance of nonresidential properties such as retail spaces, office buildings, and warehouses). The maximum loan term ranges between 25 and 30 years. As is the Bank’s general policy, the Bank offers only adjustable rates on its multifamily and nonresidential mortgages - with adjustments based on a spread currently ranging between 2.75% to 3.00% over the five-year Federal Home Loan Bank of New York rate.

5


 

Construction and Land Lending. Construction and land lending totaled $87.6 million, or 9.4%, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018, (30 projects) with the majority consisting of multifamily residential projects (23 projects). Out of the $87.6 million, $78.6 million are multifamily, of which $39.7 million are secured by properties located in Kings County, $33.8 million in Queens County, $4.4 million in Bronx County and $706,000 in New York County. At December 31, 2018, loans in process related to construction loans totaled $46.5 million.

The Bank’s typical construction loan has a term of up to 24 months and contains:

 

a minimum of 5% contingency;

 

a minimum of 5% retainage;

 

a loan-to-cost ratio of 70% or less;

 

an end loan loan-to-value ratio of 65% or less;

 

an interest reserve;

 

guarantees of all owners / partners / shareholders of a closely held organization owning 20% or more of company stock or entity ownership; and

 

an option to convert to a permanent mortgage loan upon completion of the project.

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. The Bank’s approach to the underwriting of construction loans is driven by five factors: analysis of the developer; analysis of the contractor; analysis of the project; valuation of the project; and evaluation of the source of repayment.

The developer’s character, capacity and capital are analyzed to determine that the individual or entity has the ability to first complete the project and then either sell it or carry permanent financing. The general contractor is analyzed for reputation, sufficient expertise and capacity to complete the project within the allotted time. The project is analyzed in order to ensure that the project will be completed within a reasonable period of time according to the plans and specifications, and can either be sold, rented or refinanced once completed. All construction loans are supported by appraisals which conform to the Bank’s appraisal policy and affirm the value of the project both “As Is” and “As Completed.” Lastly, the Bank reviews the developer’s cash flow estimations for the project on an “As Completed” basis. These projections are compared to the appraiser’s estimates. Debt service coverage using projected rental net income must be at least 1.2x the estimated debt service when operating at stabilized levels.

Upon closing of the construction loan, the Bank begins monitoring the project and funding requisitions for completed stages upon inspection and confirmation by third party firms, such as engineers, of the work performed and its value and quality. Conversion to permanent financing usually occurs upon a conversion underwriting and receipt of certificates of occupancy, as applicable.

C&I Loans and Lines of Credit. C&I loans and lines of credit represent less than 2.0% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018. Unlike real estate loans, which are secured by real property, and whose collateral value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. The collateral, such as accounts receivable, securing these loans may fluctuate in value.

Although the Bank’s loan policy allows for the extension of secured and unsecured financing, the Bank usually seeks to obtain collateral when in initial discussions with potential borrowers. Unsecured credit facilities are made only to strong borrowers that possess established track records with the Bank (or come highly recommended) and are supported by guarantors. Guarantees are required of any individual or entity owning or controlling 20% or more of the borrowing entity, with exceptions requiring approval from the Board of Directors. When credits are not secured by a specific lien on an asset, the Bank usually requires a general lien on all business assets as evidenced by a UCC filing. Pricing is typically based on the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a spread driven by risk-rating variables.

6


 

Underwriters are required to identify at least two sources of repayment, usually recommend that loans contain covenants, such as minimum debt service coverage ratios, minimum global debt service coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios, 30-day “cleanups” or “clean-downs,” as applicable, and must require periodic financial reporting. In addition, every effort is made to set up borrowers with auto-debit for loan payments, and they are strongly encouraged to maintain operating accounts at the Bank.

Lines of credit are typically short term facilities (12 months) that are provided for occasional or seasonal needs. They are extended to only qualifying borrowers who have established cash flow from operations and a clean credit history. At a minimum a bi-annual 30-day clean-up, or 75% bi-annual pay-down period is required, although annually is preferred. A clean-up period generally is not required on amortizing secured lines. Guarantors, which are usually required, must have clean credit histories and a substantial outside net worth. Most lines contain an option to convert to a term loan upon maturity.

Secured term loans are long term facilities extended typically for the purpose of financing the purchase of a long term asset. At a minimum, they will be collateralized by the asset being purchased. They may also be secured by an existing long term business asset or outside collateral pledged by the guarantor or borrower. Unsecured term loans are usually extended only to well-known borrowers who have established strong cash flow from operations and a clean credit history. Although Bank policy allows term loans for up to ten years, the preference is to offer self-amortizing term loans based on a term of no more than five-to-seven years.

 

7


 

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales. The following table sets forth the Bank’s loan originations, sales, purchases and principal repayment activities during the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Total loans at beginning of year

 

$

808,754

 

 

$

651,642

 

 

$

576,611

 

 

$

552,259

 

 

$

571,284

 

Loans originated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

38,738

 

 

 

85,333

 

 

 

57,167

 

 

 

39,309

 

 

 

34,603

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

6,430

 

 

 

15,278

 

 

 

14,741

 

 

 

12,555

 

 

 

11,625

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

66,674

 

 

 

51,451

 

 

 

51,876

 

 

 

34,048

 

 

 

28,965

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

72,926

 

 

 

56,327

 

 

 

31,408

 

 

 

18,365

 

 

 

15,972

 

Construction and land

 

 

55,295

 

 

 

69,011

 

 

 

5,693

 

 

 

3,497

 

 

 

15,485

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

240,063

 

 

 

277,400

 

 

 

160,885

 

 

 

107,774

 

 

 

106,650

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

5,101

 

 

 

17,873

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

7,451

 

 

 

4,540

 

Consumer

 

 

697

 

 

 

597

 

 

 

718

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

277

 

Total nonmortgage loans

 

 

5,798

 

 

 

18,470

 

 

 

1,940

 

 

 

8,143

 

 

 

4,817

 

Total loans

 

 

245,861

 

 

 

295,870

 

 

 

162,825

 

 

 

115,917

 

 

 

111,467

 

Loans purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonmortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans sold:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

(1,759

)

 

 

(139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

(2,502

)

 

 

(819

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

(535

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(850

)

Nonresidential properties

 

 

(2,045

)

 

 

(2,010

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

(6,841

)

 

 

(2,968

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(850

)

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonmortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

(6,841

)

 

 

(2,968

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(850

)

Principal repayments and other

 

 

(118,013

)

 

 

(135,790

)

 

 

(87,794

)

 

 

(91,565

)

 

 

(129,642

)

Net loan activity

 

 

121,007

 

 

 

157,112

 

 

 

75,031

 

 

 

24,352

 

 

 

(19,025

)

Total loans at end of year

 

$

929,761

 

 

$

808,754

 

 

$

651,642

 

 

$

576,611

 

 

$

552,259

 

 

8


 

Contractual Maturities.  The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The table presents contractual maturities and does not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

One year

or less

 

 

More than

one year

to five years

 

 

More than

five years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

836

 

 

$

13,732

 

 

$

288,629

 

 

$

303,197

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

693

 

 

 

2,424

 

 

 

89,671

 

 

 

92,788

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

3,184

 

 

 

9,143

 

 

 

220,182

 

 

 

232,509

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

2,918

 

 

 

10,214

 

 

 

183,785

 

 

 

196,917

 

Construction and land

 

 

57,580

 

 

 

29,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,572

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

65,211

 

 

 

65,505

 

 

 

782,267

 

 

 

912,983

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans

 

 

11,630

 

 

 

4,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,710

 

Consumer loans

 

 

137

 

 

 

931

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,068

 

Total nonmortgage loans

 

 

11,767

 

 

 

5,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,778

 

Total

 

$

76,978

 

 

$

70,516

 

 

$

782,267

 

 

$

929,761

 

 

The following table sets forth the Bank’s fixed and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2018 that are contractually due after December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

Due After December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Adjustable

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

19,898

 

 

$

282,463

 

 

$

302,361

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

29,265

 

 

 

62,830

 

 

 

92,095

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

7,833

 

 

 

221,492

 

 

 

229,325

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

12,973

 

 

 

181,026

 

 

 

193,999

 

Construction and land

 

 

29,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,992

 

Total mortgage loans

 

 

99,961

 

 

 

747,811

 

 

 

847,772

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans

 

 

 

 

 

4,080

 

 

 

4,080

 

Consumer loans

 

 

925

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

931

 

Total nonmortgage loans

 

 

925

 

 

 

4,086

 

 

 

5,011

 

Total

 

$

100,886

 

 

$

751,897

 

 

$

852,783

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Ponce Bank’s total loans or extensions of credit to a single borrower or group of related borrowers cannot exceed, with specified exemptions, 15% of its total regulatory capital. The Bank’s lending limit as of December 31, 2018 was $22.3 million. Ponce Bank may lend additional amounts up to 10% if the loans or extensions of credit are fully secured by readily-marketable collateral. At December 31, 2018, Ponce Bank complied with these loans-to-one borrower limitations. At December 31, 2018, Ponce Bank’s largest aggregate amount of loans to one borrower was $20.8 million with an outstanding balance of $16.3 million. The second largest relationship was $14.3 million. No other loan or loans to one borrower, individually or cumulatively, exceeded $14.0 million, or 62.8% of the lending limit.    

9


 

The Bank’s lending is subject to written policies, underwriting standards and operating procedures. Decisions on loan requests are made on the basis of detailed applications submitted by the prospective borrower, credit histories that the Bank obtains and property valuations, consistent with the appraisal policy. The appraisals are prepared by outside independent licensed appraisers and reviewed by third parties, all approved by the Board of Directors. The Loan Committee usually reviews appraisals in considering a loan application.  The performance of the appraisers is also subject to internal evaluations using scorecards and are assessed periodically. The loan applications are designed primarily to determine the borrower’s ability to repay the requested loan, and all information provided with the application and provided checklists as part of the application package are thoroughly evaluated by the loan underwriting department.

The lending approval process starts with the processing of the application package, which is reviewed for completeness and then all necessary agency reports are ordered. Upon initial review and preparation of preliminary documents by the processors in the underwriting department, the file is assigned to an underwriter. The underwriters are responsible for presenting the loan request along with a recommendation, to the Loan Committee and then to the Board of Directors, when the credit exposure is greater than the Loan Committee’s authority or there are exceptions to the loan policy. If approved, closed and booked, the loan reviewers then undertake the responsibility of monitoring the credit file for the life of the loan by assessing the borrower’s creditworthiness periodically, given certain criteria and following certain operating procedures. An independent third party also performs loan reviews following similar criteria and scope under the oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

The Bank also offers smaller commercial and consumer loans of up to $250,000 that follow an “Express Approval” process based on certain underwriting guidelines. Express Approval loans require the signature of only three (3) Loan Committee members.

At this time, the Bank does not originate loans with the intent of selling them into the secondary market.

 

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

 

Delinquency Procedures. Collection efforts commence the day following the grace period, normally on the 17th of the month.  Those loans that have experienced sporadic late payments over the previous 12 months are to be reviewed with a greater degree of diligence.  Late notices are generated and distributed on the 17th and 30th day of the month.  The Collection Department will pursue collection efforts up until the 90th day past due. At that time, the Bank usually will institute legal proceedings for collection or foreclosure unless it is in the best interest of the Bank to work further with the borrower to arrange a suitable workout plan.

Prior to acquiring property as a result of foreclosure, the Bank will obtain an updated appraisal to determine the fair market value and proceed with net adjustments according to accounting principles.  Board of Directors approval will be required.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank collected $207,000 and $247,000, respectively, of interest income on non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans, of which $135,000 and $166,000, respectively, was recognized into income. The remaining interest collected on non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans for these periods was applied as a principal reduction for the remaining life of the loan, or until the loan is deemed performing.

 

10


 

Delinquent Loans.  The following table sets forth the Bank’s loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

 

 

60-89

Days

Past Due

 

 

90 Days

or More

Past Due

 

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

 

 

60-89

Days

Past Due

 

 

90 Days

or More

Past Due

 

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

 

 

60-89

Days

Past Due

 

 

90 Days

or More

Past Due

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

6,539

 

 

$

470

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

 

 

$

472

 

 

$

2,716

 

 

$

 

 

$

325

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

1,609

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,391

 

 

 

2,562

 

 

 

557

 

 

 

1,734

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,882

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,994

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,435

 

 

$

1,048

 

 

$

2,047

 

 

$

2,082

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,796

 

 

$

6,163

 

 

$

557

 

 

$

4,075

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

 

 

60-89

Days

Past Due

 

 

90 Days

or More

Past Due

 

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

 

 

60-89

Days

Past Due

 

 

90 Days

or More

Past Due

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

2,306

 

 

$

659

 

 

$

805

 

 

$

1,413

 

 

$

320

 

 

$

1,107

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

1,023

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

607

 

 

 

2,183

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,956

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

680

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

859

 

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

957

 

 

 

176

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,280

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,093

 

 

$

1,025

 

 

$

3,376

 

 

$

7,106

 

 

$

1,884

 

 

$

8,302

 

 

Investor-owned, one-to-four family residential loans past due 30-59 days increased $5.3 million or 444.46% to $6.5 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $1.2 million at December 31,2017. The increase was mainly attributed to three relationships consisting of four loans totaling $4.6 million.

 

11


 

Non-Performing Assets.  The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets.  Non-performing assets are comprised of non-accrual loans, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings, and real estate owned. Non-accrual loans include non-accruing troubled debt restructurings of $3.6 million, $4.6 million, $2.7 million, $4.5 million, and $9.0 million at December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

205

 

 

$

1,034

 

 

$

809

 

 

$

1,635

 

 

$

2,721

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

1,092

 

 

 

2,624

 

 

 

1,463

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

1,036

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

16

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,957

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

706

 

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

1,660

 

 

 

72

 

Construction and land

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

637

 

 

 

259

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans (not including non-accruing troubled debt

   restructured loans)

 

$

3,134

 

 

$

6,788

 

 

$

5,053

 

 

$

5,023

 

 

$

7,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

1,053

 

 

$

1,144

 

 

$

1,240

 

 

$

2,599

 

 

$

4,585

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

1,987

 

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

646

 

 

 

1,055

 

 

 

1,923

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

604

 

 

 

783

 

 

 

783

 

 

 

828

 

 

 

2,427

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

 

3,644

 

 

 

4,620

 

 

 

2,669

 

 

 

4,482

 

 

 

9,014

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

$

6,778

 

 

$

11,408

 

 

$

7,722

 

 

$

9,505

 

 

$

16,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

162

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

162

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

6,778

 

 

$

11,408

 

 

$

7,722

 

 

$

9,581

 

 

$

16,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,983

 

Accruing troubled debt restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

$

5,192

 

 

$

6,559

 

 

$

6,422

 

 

$

6,579

 

 

$

5,179

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

3,456

 

 

 

4,756

 

 

 

7,271

 

 

 

8,326

 

 

 

9,661

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

1,438

 

 

 

1,958

 

 

 

4,066

 

 

 

4,186

 

 

 

3,590

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

374

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

814

 

 

 

970

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

$

10,460

 

 

$

13,750

 

 

$

18,352

 

 

$

19,905

 

 

$

19,400

 

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans past due 90 days or more

   and accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

$

17,238

 

 

$

25,165

 

 

$

26,074

 

 

$

29,486

 

 

$

37,618

 

Total nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

1.41

%

 

 

1.19

%

 

 

1.65

%

 

 

2.91

%

Total nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

1.23

%

 

 

1.04

%

 

 

1.35

%

 

 

2.28

%

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans past due 90 days or more and

   accruing troubled debt restructured loans to total assets

 

 

1.63

%

 

 

2.72

%

 

 

3.50

%

 

 

4.19

%

 

 

5.33

%

12


 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank collected $442,000 and $396,000, respectively, of interest income on non-accruing loans, of which $281,000 and $239,000 were recognized into income, respectively.

 

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities, considered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the Bank will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss allowance is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the Bank to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

Under OCC regulations, when an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

In connection with the filing of the Bank’s periodic reports with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and in accordance with its classification of assets policy, it regularly reviews the problem loans in its portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

On the basis of this review of loans, the Bank’s classified and special mention loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Classified Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard

 

$

18,665

 

 

$

22,999

 

 

$

19,225

 

 

$

17,786

 

 

$

18,862

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total classified loans

 

 

18,665

 

 

 

22,999

 

 

 

19,225

 

 

 

17,786

 

 

 

18,862

 

Special mention loans

 

 

14,394

 

 

 

5,317

 

 

 

2,549

 

 

 

6,469

 

 

 

10,501

 

Total classified and special mention loans

 

$

33,059

 

 

$

28,316

 

 

$

21,774

 

 

$

24,255

 

 

$

29,363

 

 

Special mention loans increased $9.1 million or 170.72% to $14.4 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $5.3 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributed to two construction multi-family loans which have an outstanding balance of $4.0 million each. It is anticipated that both projects will be completed.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings. The Bank occasionally modifies loans to help a borrower stay current on his or her loan and to avoid foreclosure. The Bank considers modifications only after analyzing the borrower’s current repayment capacity, evaluating the strength of any guarantors based on documented current financial information, and assessing the current value of any collateral pledged. It generally does not forgive principal or interest on loans, but may do so if it is in the Bank’s best interest and increases the likelihood that it can collect the remaining principal balance. The Bank may modify the terms of loans to lower interest rates, which may be at below market rates, to provide for fixed interest rates on loans where fixed rates are otherwise not available, or to provide for interest-only terms. These modifications are made only when there is a reasonable and attainable workout plan that has been agreed to by the borrower and that is in the Bank’s best interests.

 

13


 

At December 31, 2018, there were 40 loans totaling $14.1 million that were classified as troubled debt restructurings. Of these, 8 loans totaling $3.6 million were included in non-accrual loans at such date because they were not performing in accordance with their modified terms, and the remaining 32 loans, totaling $10.5 million, had been performing in accordance with their modified terms for a minimum of six months since the date of restructuring.

 

At December 31, 2017, there were 49 loans totaling $18.4 million classified as troubled debt restructurings. Of these, 10 loans totaling $4.6 million were included in non-accrual loans at such date because they were not performing in accordance with their modified terms, and the remaining 39 loans, totaling $13.8 million, had been performing in accordance with their modified terms for a minimum of six months since the date of restructuring.

 

 

 

Loans Restructured During

 

 

All TDRs with a payment

default within 12 months

following the

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-

 

 

Post-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification

 

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Number

 

 

at the Time

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

Balance

 

 

Balance

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Default

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Combination of rate, maturity, other

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Restructured During

 

 

All TDRs with a payment

default within 12 months

following the

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-

 

 

Post-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification

 

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Number

 

 

at the Time

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

Balance

 

 

Balance

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Default

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Combination of rate, maturity, other

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There was one loan restructured during the year ended December 31, 2017.  No troubled debt restructurings defaulted within twelve months of their modification during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Bank has approved and maintained an appropriate, systematic and consistently applied process to determine the dollar amounts of the allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) that is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the loan portfolio and other held financial instruments. An inherent loss, as defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), and applicable banking regulations, is an unconfirmed loss that probably exists based on the information that is available as of the evaluation date. It is not a loss that may arise from events that might occur as a result of a possible future event. Arriving at an appropriate allowance involves a high degree of management’s judgment, is inevitably imprecise, and results in a range of possible losses.

 

14


 

The determination of the dollar amounts of the ALLL is based on management’s current judgments about the credit quality of the loan portfolio taking into consideration all known relevant internal and external factors that affect loan payments at the end of each month. The dollar amounts reported each month for the ALLL are reviewed at least quarterly by the Board of Directors. To ensure that the methodology remains appropriate for the Bank, the Board of Directors periodically has the methodology validated externally and causes revisions to be made when appropriate. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors oversees and monitors the internal controls over the ALLL determination process. The Bank adheres to a safe and sound banking practice by maintaining, analyzing, and supporting an adequate ALLL in accordance with GAAP and supervisory guidance.

 

The Bank’s ALLL methodology consists of a system designed and implemented to estimate loan and lease losses. The Bank’s ALLL methodology incorporates management’s current judgments about the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio through a disciplined and consistently applied process.

 

The Bank’s loan policy requires the following when the Bank calculates the level of ALLL:

 

All loans shall be taken into consideration in the ALLL methodology whether on an individual or group basis.

 

The Bank shall identify all loans to be evaluated for impairment on an individual basis under ASC 310 and segment the remainder of the loan portfolio into groups (pools) of loans with similar risk characteristics for evaluation and analysis under ASC 450.

 

All known relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collection of the loan shall be taken into consideration.

 

All known relevant internal and external factors that may affect loan collectability shall be considered and applied consistently; however, when appropriate, these factors may be modified for new factors affecting loan collectability.

 

The particular risks inherent in different kinds of lending shall be taken into consideration.

 

The current collateral values, less the costs to sell, shall be taken into consideration when applicable.

 

The Bank shall require that competent and well-trained personnel perform the analysis, estimates, reviews and other ALLL methodology functions.

 

The ALLL methodology shall be based on current and reliable information.

 

The ALLL methodology shall be well documented, in writing, with clear explanations of the supporting analyses and rationale.

 

The ALLL methodology shall include a systematic and logical method to consolidate the loss estimates and ensure the ALLL balance is recorded in accordance with GAAP.

 

Loan pools with similar risk characteristics. Loss histories are the starting point for the calculation of ALLL balances. Loss histories are calculated for each of the pools by aggregating the historical losses less recoveries within the respective pools and annualizing the number over the determined length of time. The length of time may vary according to the relevance of past periods’ experience to the current period, among other considerations. The Bank currently uses a prior twelve quarter rolling average for its historical loss rates.

 

Each pool’s historical loss rate is adjusted for the effects of the qualitative or environmental factors. The factors analyzed include:

 

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices.

 

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments.

15


 

 

Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans.

 

Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff.

 

Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans.

 

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review system.

 

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans.

 

The existence and effect of any concentration of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations.

 

The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the institution’s existing portfolio.

The Bank utilizes a risk-based approach to determine the appropriate adjustments for each qualitative factor. A matrix containing definitions of low, medium, and high risk levels is used to assess the individual factors to determine their respective directional characteristics. These risk levels serve as the foundation for determining the individual adjustments for each factor for each pool of loans.

The qualitative factor adjustments are supported by applicable reports, graphs, articles and any other relevant information to evidence and document management’s judgment as to the respective levels of risk and adjustment requirements.

Each of the qualitative adjustment factors is applied to each of the loan pools to reflect adjustments that increase or decrease the historical loss rates applied to each loan pool. Each of these adjustment factors is individually supported and justified, and a discrete narrative for each loan pool reflects current information, events, circumstances and conditions influencing the adjustment. The narratives include descriptions of each factor, management’s analysis of how each factor has changed over time, which loan pool’s loss rates have been adjusted, the amount by which loss estimates have been adjusted for changes in conditions, an explanation of how management estimated the impact, and other available data that support the reasonableness of the adjustments.

Once these qualitative adjustment factors are determined for each pool of loans, they are added to the historical loss numbers for each corresponding pool of loans to arrive at a loss factor for each pool based on historical loss experience and qualitative or environmental influences. These loss factors are adjusted to appropriately reflect the respective risk rating categories within each pool by applying the weighting factors described above to those loans within the respective pool’s risk rates.

The series of calculations described above can be expressed as the following equation:

[(H*P) + (Q*P)] = R, where

H = Historical loss factor for the pool

Q = Qualitative/Environmental aggregate adjustment for the pool

P = Total loans within the pool

R = Required reserve amount for the risk rating category within the pool

 

Specific allowances for identified problem loans. The Bank considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All troubled debt restructurings and loans on non-accrual status are deemed to be impaired. A specific valuation allowance is established for the impairment amount of each loan, calculated using the present value of expected cash flows, observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, in accordance with the most likely means of recovery.

16


 

Factors evaluated in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. The Bank determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

An unallocated component may be maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect our estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Validation of the ALLL. The Bank considers its ALLL methodology valid when it accurately estimates the amount of loss contained in the loan portfolio. The Bank has employed procedures, including the following, when validating the reasonableness of its ALLL methodology and determining whether there may be deficiencies in its overall methodology or loan grading process:

 

A review of trends in loan volume, delinquencies, loan restructurings and concentrations.

 

A review of previous charge-offs and recovery history, including an evaluation of the timeliness of the entries to record both the charge-offs and the recoveries.

 

At a minimum, an annual review by a third party that is independent of the ALLL estimation process.

 

An evaluation of the appraisal process of the underlying collateral.

The Bank supports the independent validation process with the work papers from the ALLL review function and may include the summary findings of an independent reviewer. The Board reviews the findings and acknowledges its review in the minutes of its meeting. If the methodology is changed based upon the findings of the validation process, the documentation that describes and supports the changes is maintained.

As an integral part of its examination process, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Following such review, the Bank may determine that it is appropriate to recognize additions to the allowance based on its judgment and information available to it at the time of such examination.

Current expected credit losses. On June 16, 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standard Update 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, the current expected credit losses (“CECL”) standard. The new standard will have a pervasive impact. In response to the new model, the Bank has reassessed its risk management policies and procedures in order for it to successfully implement CECL. Once adopted, the Bank will have to estimate the allowance for loan losses on expected losses rather than incurred losses.

 

17


 

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance at beginning of year

 

$

11,071

 

 

$

10,205

 

 

$

9,484

 

 

$

9,449

 

 

$

9,940

 

Provision (recovery) for loan losses

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

353

 

 

 

1,184

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(494

)

Owner-occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(207

)

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(257

)

 

 

(252

)

Nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(268

)

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

(32

)

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(1,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(945

)

Consumer

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(19

)

Total charge-offs

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(1,429

)

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(643

)

 

 

(2,217

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

1

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

198

 

Owner-occupied

 

 

250

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

37

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

10

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

122

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

733

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

231

 

Consumer

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

Total recoveries

 

 

387

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

917

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

542

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

339

 

 

 

(850

)

 

 

778

 

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(1,675

)

Allowance at end of year

 

$

12,659

 

 

$

11,071

 

 

$

10,205

 

 

$

9,484

 

 

$

9,449

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage for

   nonperforming loans

 

 

186.77

%

 

 

97.05

%

 

 

132.15

%

 

 

99.78

%

 

 

58.79

%

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage

   of total loans

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

1.37

%

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

1.71

%

Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans

   outstanding during the year

 

 

0.04

%

 

 

(0.12

%)

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

(0.06

%)

 

 

(0.30

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18


 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated.  The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Allowance

for Loan

Losses

 

 

Percent of

Allowance

in Each

Category

to Total

Allocated

Allowance

 

 

Percent

of Loans

in Each

Category

to Total

Loans

 

 

Allowance

for Loan

Losses

 

 

Percent of

Allowance

in Each

Category

to Total

Allocated

Allowance

 

 

Percent

of

Loans in

Each

Category

to Total

Loans

 

 

Allowance

for Loan

Losses

 

 

Percent of

Allowance

in Each

Category

to Total

Allocated

Allowance

 

 

Percent

of

Loans in

Each

Category

to Total

Loans

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

$

3,799

 

 

 

30.01

%

 

 

32.61

%

 

$

3,716

 

 

 

33.57

%

 

 

35.51

%

 

$

3,146

 

 

 

30.83

%

 

 

34.90

%

Owner-occupied

 

1,208

 

 

 

9.55

%

 

 

9.98

%

 

 

1,402

 

 

 

12.66

%

 

 

12.47

%

 

 

1,805

 

 

 

17.69

%

 

 

14.98

%

Multifamily residential

 

3,829

 

 

 

30.25

%

 

 

25.01

%

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

28.08

%

 

 

23.31

%

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

26.51

%

 

 

24.28

%

Nonresidential properties

 

1,925

 

 

 

15.20

%

 

 

21.18

%

 

 

1,424

 

 

 

12.86

%

 

 

18.70

%

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

12.92

%

 

 

18.64

%

Construction and land

 

1,631

 

 

 

12.88

%

 

 

9.42

%

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

10.89

%

 

 

8.31

%

 

 

615

 

 

 

6.03

%

 

 

4.66

%

Total mortgage loans

 

12,392

 

 

 

97.89

%

 

 

98.20

%

 

 

10,856

 

 

 

98.06

%

 

 

98.30

%

 

 

9,591

 

 

 

93.98

%

 

 

97.46

%

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

260

 

 

 

2.05

%

 

 

1.69

%

 

 

209

 

 

 

1.89

%

 

 

1.59

%

 

 

597

 

 

 

5.85

%

 

 

2.41

%

Consumer

 

7

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

6

 

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.17

%

 

 

0.13

%

Total nonmortgage loans

 

267

 

 

 

2.11

%

 

 

1.80

%

 

 

215

 

 

 

1.94

%

 

 

1.70

%

 

 

614

 

 

 

6.02

%

 

 

2.54

%

Total allocated allowance

 

12,659

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

11,071

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

10,205

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

12,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Allowance

for Loan

Losses

 

 

Percent of

Allowance

in Each

Category

to Total

Allocated

Allowance

 

 

Percent of

Loans in

Each

Category

to Total

Loans

 

 

Allowance

for Loan

Losses

 

 

Percent of

Allowance

in Each

Category

to Total

Allocated

Allowance

 

 

Percent of

Loans in

Each

Category

to Total

Loans

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-owned

$

2,843

 

 

 

29.98

%

 

 

35.25

%

 

$

2,727

 

 

 

28.86

%

 

 

34.54

%

Owner-occupied

 

2,126

 

 

 

22.42

%

 

 

18.39

%

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

24.10

%

 

 

19.05

%

Multifamily residential

 

1,994

 

 

 

21.02

%

 

 

21.30

%

 

 

1,669

 

 

 

17.66

%

 

 

20.10

%

Nonresidential properties

 

1,298

 

 

 

13.69

%

 

 

18.46

%

 

 

1,529

 

 

 

16.18

%

 

 

20.24

%

Construction and land

 

502

 

 

 

5.29

%

 

 

3.97

%

 

 

504

 

 

 

5.33

%

 

 

3.39

%

Total mortgage loans

 

8,763

 

 

 

92.40

%

 

 

97.37

%

 

 

8,706

 

 

 

92.13

%

 

 

97.32

%

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

709

 

 

 

7.47

%

 

 

2.49

%

 

 

732

 

 

 

7.75

%

 

 

2.57

%

Consumer

 

12

 

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

11

 

 

 

0.12

%

 

 

0.11

%

Total nonmortgage loans

 

721

 

 

 

7.60

%

 

 

2.63

%

 

 

743

 

 

 

7.87

%

 

 

2.68

%

Total allocated allowance

 

9,484

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

9,449

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

9,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.36% of total loans and 186.77% of nonperforming loans. The allowance for loan losses increased to $12.7 million at December 31, 2018 from $11.1 million at December 31, 2017. There were $339,000 in net loan recoveries and $850,000 in net loan charge-offs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

19


 

Although the Bank believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, although it believes that it has established the allowance for loan losses in conformity with GAAP, after a review of the loan portfolio by regulators, the Bank may determine it is appropriate to increase the allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and increases may be necessary should the quality of any loan deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Investment Activities

 

General.  The Bank’s investment policy was adopted by the Board of Directors. The investment policy is reviewed annually by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer is designated as the Chief Investment Officer. The Chief Financial Officer will plan and execute investment strategies consistent with the policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer provides an investment schedule detailing the investment portfolio which is reviewed at least quarterly by the Bank’s asset-liability committee and the Board of Directors.

The current investment policy permits, with certain limitations, investments in United States Treasury securities; securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies or government sponsored enterprises including mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) issued by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac; corporate bonds and obligations, and certificates of deposit in other financial institutions.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the investment portfolio consisted of securities and obligations issued by the U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank owned $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock. As a member of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, the Bank is required to purchase stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which stock is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities.

Securities Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio at the dates indicated, which consisted of U.S. government and federal agencies, pass-through mortgage-backed securities and certificates of deposit.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

U.S. Government and

   Federal Agencies

 

$

20,924

 

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

24,911

 

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

41,906

 

 

$

41,559

 

 

$

71,899

 

 

$

71,166

 

 

$

88,828

 

 

$

87,088

 

US Treasury

 

 

4,997

 

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

   Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

202

 

 

222

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

234

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

778

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

1,118

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

3,600

 

 

 

3,606

 

 

 

4,411

 

 

 

4,432

 

 

 

5,732

 

 

 

5,872

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

870

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

6,744

 

 

 

6,809

 

 

 

6,084

 

 

 

6,214

 

 

 

7,211

 

 

 

7,380

 

Total

 

$

27,569

 

 

$

27,144

 

 

$

29,234

 

 

$

28,897

 

 

$

52,942

 

 

$

52,690

 

 

$

82,596

 

 

$

82,034

 

 

$

101,983

 

 

$

100,574

 

 

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were no securities of which the amortized cost or estimated value exceeded 10% of total equity.

 

20


 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were mortgage-backed securities with a carrying value of $1.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass through” certificates because the underlying loans are “passed through” to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. Mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of one-to-four family or multifamily mortgages, although we invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one-to-four family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as the Bank. The interest rate of the security is lower than the interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. All of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities are backed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which are government-sponsored enterprises, or Ginnie Mae, which is a government-owned enterprise.

Residential mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises are more liquid than individual mortgage loans because there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, residential mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in residential mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2018 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. Adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust.

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

 

More than One Year

through Five Years

 

 

More than Five Years

through Ten Years

 

 

More than Ten Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Weighted

Average

Yield

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Weighted

Average

Yield

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Weighted

Average

Yield

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Weighted

Average

Yield

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Weighted

Average

Yield

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

U.S. Government and

   Federal Agencies

 

$

4,554

 

 

 

1.42

%

 

$

16,370

 

 

 

1.38

%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,924

 

 

$

20,515

 

 

 

1.39

%

US Treasury

 

 

4,997

 

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,997

 

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed

   Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

1.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

1.81

%

GNMA Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

3.46

%

 

 

870

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

3.46

%

Total

 

$

9,551

 

 

 

1.88

%

 

$

16,370

 

 

 

1.38

%

 

$

778

 

 

 

1.81

%

 

$

870

 

 

 

2.83

%

 

$

27,569

 

 

$

27,144

 

 

 

1.44

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits have traditionally been the Bank’s primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities.  The Bank also may use borrowings, primarily from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and brokered and listing service deposits, and unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks, to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk and to manage the cost of funds.  At December 31, 2018, the amount available to the Bank to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York was $162.5 million. In addition, the Bank receives funds from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities and calls, loan prepayments and income on earning assets.  Although scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from the Bank’s primary market area. The Bank offers a selection of deposit accounts, including demand accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit to individuals, business entities, non-profit organizations and individual retirement accounts. Deposit account terms vary, with the primary differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.

21


 

Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and premature withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The Bank relies upon personalized customer service, long-standing relationships with customers, and the favorable image of the Bank in the community to attract and retain deposits. The Bank recently implemented a fully functional electronic banking platform, including a mobile application, remote deposit capture and online bill pay, as a service to retail and business customers.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. Additionally, the ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

The following table sets forth the average balance and weighted average rate of deposits for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Percent

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Percent

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Percent

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Deposit type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

$

125,395

 

 

 

16.63

%

 

0.61%

$

128,282

 

 

 

18.26

%

 

0.39%

$

126,573

 

 

 

20.32

%

 

0.26%

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

88,295

 

 

 

11.71

%

 

0.23%

 

74,824

 

 

 

10.65

%

 

0.19%

 

54,493

 

 

 

8.75

%

 

0.18%

Certificates of deposit

 

 

439,737

 

 

 

58.32

%

 

1.73%

 

387,232

 

 

 

55.13

%

 

1.53%

 

371,313

 

 

 

59.62

%

 

1.48%

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

653,427

 

 

 

86.66

%

 

1.31%

 

590,338

 

 

 

84.04

%

 

1.11%

 

552,379

 

 

 

88.69

%

 

1.07%

Non-interest bearing demand

 

 

100,628

 

 

 

13.34

%

 

 

112,113

 

 

 

15.96

%

 

 

70,407

 

 

 

11.31

%

 

Total deposits

 

$

754,055

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

1.14%

$

702,451

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

0.94%

$

622,786

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

0.95%

 

The following table sets forth deposit activities for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

713,985

 

 

$

643,078

 

 

$

599,506

 

Net deposits (withdrawals) before interest credited

 

 

87,185

 

 

 

64,338

 

 

 

37,647

 

Interest credited

 

 

8,588

 

 

 

6,569

 

 

 

5,925

 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

 

 

95,773

 

 

 

70,907

 

 

 

43,572

 

Ending balance

 

$

809,758

 

 

$

713,985

 

 

$

643,078

 

 

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.05% - 0.99%

 

$

11,749

 

 

$

33,438

 

 

$

58,874

 

1.00% - 1.49%

 

 

84,484

 

 

 

136,865

 

 

 

144,193

 

1.50% - 1.99%

 

 

103,423

 

 

 

107,324

 

 

 

66,455

 

2.00% - 2.49%

 

 

187,453

 

 

 

127,556

 

 

 

94,394

 

2.50% - 2.99%

 

 

31,338

 

 

 

4,878

 

 

 

4,805

 

3.00% and greater

 

 

5,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

424,086

 

 

$

410,061

 

 

$

368,721

 

 

22


 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit by interest rate at December 31, 2018.

 

 

 

Period to Maturity

 

 

 

Less Than

or Equal to

One Year

 

 

More Than

One to

Two Years

 

 

More Than

Two to

Three Years

 

 

More Than

Three Years

 

 

Total

 

 

Percent of

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest Rate Range:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.05% - 0.99%

 

$

11,749

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,749

 

 

 

2.77

%

1.00% - 1.49%

 

 

66,335

 

 

 

16,509

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

84,484

 

 

 

19.92

%

1.50% - 1.99%

 

 

47,372

 

 

 

20,917

 

 

 

23,418

 

 

 

11,715

 

 

 

103,422

 

 

 

24.39

%

2.00% - 2.49%

 

 

47,113

 

 

 

46,794

 

 

 

58,686

 

 

 

34,861

 

 

 

187,454

 

 

 

44.20

%

2.50% - 2.99%

 

 

17,151

 

 

 

6,183

 

 

 

6,780

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

 

31,338

 

 

 

7.39

%

3.00% and greater

 

 

 

 

 

3,532

 

 

 

1,191

 

 

 

916

 

 

 

5,639

 

 

 

1.33

%

Total

 

$

189,720

 

 

$

93,935

 

 

$

91,483

 

 

$

48,948

 

 

$

424,086

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

At December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of all certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $310.9 million.  The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2018.

 

 

At December 31,

Maturity Period:

(Dollars in thousands)

Three months or less

$

45,245

Over three months through six months

 

27,599

Over six months through one year

 

57,255

Over one year to three years

 

143,443

Over three years

 

37,381

Total

$

310,923

 

At December 31, 2018, certificates of deposit equal to or greater than $250,000 totaled $90.2 million of which $54.9 million matures on or before December 31, 2019.

At December 31, 2018, our passbook savings accounts and certificates of deposit with a passbook feature totaled $199.5 million, reflecting our depositors’ preference for traditional banking services.

Borrowings. The Bank may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York by pledging as security its capital stock at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and certain of its mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. Such advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. To the extent such borrowings have different terms to repricing than its deposits; they can change the Bank’s interest rate risk profile. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Bank had $44.4 million and $16.4 million, respectively, outstanding of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances and $25.0 million in unsecured borrowings with a correspondent bank at December 31, 2018.

23


 

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

At or For the Years

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

FHLB Advances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

$

44,404

 

 

$

16,400

 

 

$

3,000

 

Average amount outstanding during the period

 

 

32,157

 

 

 

9,738

 

 

 

1,145

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end during the period

 

 

44,404

 

 

 

55,000

 

 

 

12,000

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

 

1.87

%

 

 

1.08

%

 

 

0.61

%

Weighted average interest rate at the end of the period

 

 

2.72

%

 

 

2.02

%

 

 

0.78

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correspondent Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

$

25,000

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

 

Average amount outstanding during the period

 

 

2,729

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end during the period

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

 

2.26

%

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at the end of the period

 

 

2.64

%

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

 

 

Personnel

At December 31, 2018, the Bank had 181 full-time equivalent employees. Employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.

 

Subsidiaries

 

The Company has a subsidiary, Ponce Bank, which itself has two subsidiaries, Ponce de Leon Mortgage Corp., a New York chartered mortgage brokerage entity, whose employees are registered in New York and New Jersey, and PFS Services, Corp., which owns two of the Bank’s properties.

 

Regulation and Supervision

General

As a federally-chartered stock savings association, the Bank is subject to examination, supervision and regulation, primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and, secondarily, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as the insurer of deposits. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which the Bank is engaging and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund.

The Bank is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board,” which governs the reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. In addition, the Bank is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers is also regulated, to a great extent, by federal law and, to a lesser extent, state law, including in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of loan documents.

As savings and loan holding companies, the Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, are subject to examination and supervision by, and are required to file certain reports with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are applicable to the Bank and the Company. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank and the Company. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations.

 

24


 

Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act“), has made significant changes to the regulatory structure for depository institutions and their holding companies. However, the Dodd-Frank Act’s changes go well beyond that and affect the lending, investments and other operations of all depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to set minimum capital levels for both bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital for holding companies were restricted to capital instruments that were then currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. Subsequent regulations issued by the Federal Reserve Board generally exempted from these requirements bank and savings and loan holding companies with less than $3 billion of consolidated assets. The legislation also established a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect before its passage and directed the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements that take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, such as Ponce Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets continue to be examined for compliance by their applicable bank regulators. The legislation also weakened the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act has broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The legislation also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The Dodd-Frank Act increased stockholder influence over boards of directors of certain publicly traded companies by requiring them to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. Further, the legislation requires that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, directs the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.

Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act involve delayed effective dates and/or require implementing regulations. The implementation of the legislation is an ongoing process and the impact on operations cannot yet fully be assessed. The Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in an increased regulatory burden and compliance, operating and interest expenses for most financial institutions, including the Bank and the Company. In February 2017, the President of the United States issued an executive order stating that a policy of his administration would be to make regulations efficient, effective, and appropriately tailored. The executive order directed certain regulatory agencies to review and identify laws and regulations that inhibit federal regulation of the U.S. financial system in a manner inconsistent with the policies stated in the executive order. Any changes in laws or regulation as a result of this review could result in a repeal, amendment to or delayed implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act. In May 2018, a bipartisan regulatory reform bill was enacted into law.  Among other provisions, the law increased the threshold to qualify for the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement from $1.0 billion to $3.0 billion and also provided for charter flexibility for federally-chartered savings banks and associations to adopt the powers of a national bank.  The Company has not elected to adopt this provision.

 

Federal Bank Regulations

Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. The Bank may also establish, subject to specified investment limits, service corporation subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for Ponce Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

 

25


 

Examinations and Assessments.  The Bank is primarily supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  The Bank is required to file reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  The Bank is required to pay assessments to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to fund the agency’s operations. The Company is required to file reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve Board. It is also required to pay assessments to the Federal Reserve Board to fund the agency’s operations.

Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions, including federal savings associations, to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a total capital to risk-based assets and a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

The capital standards require the maintenance of common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, 6.0% and 8.0%, respectively. The regulations also establish a minimum required leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 capital. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. In 2015, Ponce De Leon Federal Bank, the predecessor of Ponce Bank, made a one-time, permanent election to opt-out regarding the treatment of AOCI. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, an institution’s assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risk deemed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0.0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50.0% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one-to-four family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100.0% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150.0% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0.0% to 600.0% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement began phasing in starting January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

26


 

At December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, the Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Tier 1 leverage capital

 

$

138,872

 

 

 

13.66

%

 

$

132,577

 

 

 

14.67

%

 

$

99,240

 

 

 

13.32

%

Requirement

 

 

50,815

 

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

45,190

 

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

37,256

 

 

 

5.00

%

Excess

 

 

88,057

 

 

 

8.66

%

 

 

87,387

 

 

 

9.67

%

 

 

61,984

 

 

 

8.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based

 

 

138,872

 

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

132,577

 

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

99,240

 

 

 

17.96

%

Requirement

 

 

61,261

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

54,447

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

44,217

 

 

 

8.00

%

Excess

 

 

77,611

 

 

 

10.14

%

 

 

78,130

 

 

 

11.48

%

 

 

55,023

 

 

 

9.96

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Risk Based

 

 

148,486

 

 

 

19.39

%

 

 

141,120

 

 

 

20.73

%

 

 

106,190

 

 

 

19.21

%

Requirement

 

 

76,577

 

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

68,059

 

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

55,271

 

 

 

10.00

%

Excess

 

 

71,909

 

 

 

9.39

%

 

 

73,061

 

 

 

10.73

%

 

 

50,919

 

 

 

9.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1

 

 

138,872

 

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

132,577

 

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

99,240

 

 

 

19.21

%

Risk-Based Requirement

 

 

49,775

 

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

44,238

 

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

35,926

 

 

 

6.50

%

Excess

 

$

89,097

 

 

 

11.64

%

 

$

88,339

 

 

 

12.98

%

 

$

63,314

 

 

 

12.71

%

 

Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15.0% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10.0% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by “readily marketable collateral,” which generally includes certain financial instruments (but not real estate). As of December 31, 2018, the Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action Regulations. Under the federal Prompt Corrective Action statute, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions under its jurisdiction, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s level of capital. An institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has total risk-based capital of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”

Generally, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a federal savings association that becomes “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency within 45 days of the date that a federal savings association is deemed to have received notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Any holding company of a federal savings association that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee performance under the plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5.0% of the savings association’s assets at the time it was deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the amount necessary to restore the savings association to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency notifies the savings association that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. Institutions that are undercapitalized become subject to certain mandatory measures such as restrictions on capital distributions and asset growth. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized federal savings associations, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

27


 

At December 31, 2018, the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized,” which means that its total risk-based capital ratio exceeded 10.0%, its Tier 1 risk-based ratio exceeded 8.0%, its common equity Tier 1 ratio exceeded 6.5% and its leverage ratio exceeded 5.0%.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, the Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, the Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of every 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings association’s business.

Alternatively, the Bank may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners’ Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At December 31, 2018, the Bank satisfied the QTL test.

Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings association’s capital account. A federal savings association must file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of a capital distribution if:

 

the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds the sum of the savings association’s net income for that year to date plus the savings association’s retained net income for the preceding two years;

 

the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or

 

the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.

Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, must file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before its board of directors declares a dividend.

An application or notice related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:

 

the federal savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution shall not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings association also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to assess the federal savings association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications, such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

28


 

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the FDIC to publicly disclose their rating.  Ponce Bank, received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings association’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as the Bank. The Company is an affiliate of the Bank because of its control of the Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10.0% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital.

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

 

Enforcement. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1.0 million per day. The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If such action is not taken, the FDIC has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as Ponce Bank. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts.

The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund. Under the FDIC’s previous risk-based assessment system, insured institutions were assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s rate depended upon the category to which it was assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less risky paid lower FDIC assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC has set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.

Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated the risk categories. Assessments for most institutions are now based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of failure within three years. In conjunction with the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio achieving 1.5%, the assessment range (inclusive of possible adjustments) was reduced for most banks and savings associations anywhere from 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points.

29


 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.35 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.

 

OTHER REGULATIONS

 

Federal Reserve System

 

Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $122.3 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $122.3 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $16.0 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The Bank is in compliance with these requirements.  

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement. The Bank may utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York as a supply of investable funds.

 

Other Regulations

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Ponce Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

30


 

 

Truth in Savings Act; and

 

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of the Bank will be subject to the:

 

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings associations to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirement that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

Holding Company Regulations

 

General. The Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company are non-diversified savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, the Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company are registered with the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to savings and loan holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over the Company, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company and its non-savings association subsidiaries, if any. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.

 

Permissible Activities. Under present law, the business activities of the Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company are generally limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, provided certain conditions are met, and financial holding company status is elected, or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance as well as activities that are incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to regulatory approval, and certain additional activities authorized by federal regulations. The Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company recently elected financial holding company status and received applicable clearance on February 21, 2019.

 

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including the Company and Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5.0% of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company, without prior Federal Reserve Board approval. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board considers factors such as the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and needs of the community, and competitive factors.

 

31


 

The Federal Reserve Board is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:

 

the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and

 

the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.

 

Capital. Savings and loan holding companies have historically not been subjected to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. However, pursuant to legislation passed in December 2014, the Federal Reserve Board extended to savings and loan holding companies the applicability of its “Small Bank Holding Company” exception to its consolidated capital requirements and, pursuant to a law enacted in May 2018, increased the threshold for the exception to $3.0 billion. As a result, savings and loan holding companies with less than $3.0 billion in consolidated assets are generally not subject to the capital requirements unless otherwise advised by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations requiring that all savings and loan holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions.

 

Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall supervisory financial condition. Separate regulatory guidance provides for prior consultation with Federal Reserve Bank staff concerning dividends in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a savings and loan holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary savings association becomes undercapitalized. The regulatory guidance also states that a savings and loan holding company should inform Federal Reserve Bank supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the savings and loan holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, at the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of PDL Community Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

Waivers of Dividends by Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. The Company may pay dividends on its common stock to public stockholders. If it does, it is also required to pay dividends to Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, unless Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company elects to waive the receipt of dividends. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company must receive the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may waive the receipt of any dividends from the Company. The Federal Reserve Board has issued an interim final rule providing that it will not object to dividend waivers under certain circumstances, including circumstances where the waiver is not detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the savings association and a majority of the mutual holding company’s members have approved the waiver of dividends by the mutual holding company within the previous twelve months. In addition, for a “non-grandfathered” mutual holding company such as Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, each officer or director of the Company and the Bank, and any tax-qualified stock benefit plan or non-tax-qualified stock benefit plan in which such individual participates that holds any shares of stock to which the waiver would apply, must waive the right to receive any such dividend declared. In addition, any dividends waived by Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company must be considered in determining an appropriate exchange ratio in the event of a conversion of the mutual holding company to stock form.

 

32


 

Acquisition. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a savings and loan holding company. Under certain circumstances, a change of control may occur, and prior notice is required, upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock, unless the Federal Reserve Board has found that the acquisition will not result in control of the company. A change in control definitively occurs upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition.

Federal Securities Laws

 

The Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” The Company qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation. The Company will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $250 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. The Company has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

Taxation

Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize material income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company, and the Bank.

Filed federal and state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.

33


 

Federal Taxation

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, the Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal income tax returns. The Company and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of accounting for income taxes on bad debt reserves by savings institutions. For taxable years beginning after 1995, Ponce De Leon Federal Bank, the predecessor of Ponce Bank, and Ponce Bank have been subject to the same bad debt reserve rules as commercial banks. It currently utilizes the specific charge-off method under Section 582(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had no federal net operating loss carryforwards. Starting in 2018, due to Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), net operating losses incurred after 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely, but can only offset no more than 80% of taxable income.

 

State Taxation

The Bank is treated as a financial institution under New York and New Jersey state income tax law. The states of New York and New Jersey subject financial institutions to all state and local taxes in the same manner and to the same extent as other business corporations in New York and New Jersey. Additionally, depository financial institutions are subject to local business license taxes and a special occupation tax.

Consolidated Group Return. With tax years beginning after January 1, 2015, New York State and New York City require unitary combined reporting for all entities engaged in a unitary business that meet certain ownership requirements. All applicable entities meet the ownership requirements in the Bank filing group and a combined return is appropriately filed. Furthermore, New Jersey is not a unitary business state. Affiliated corporations that file a consolidated federal income tax return must file separate income tax returns unless they have prior approval or have been requested to file a consolidated return by the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Revenue.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. The state and city of New York allow for a three-year carryback period and carryforward period of twenty years on net operating losses generated on or after tax year 2015. For tax years prior to 2015, no carryback period is allowed.  Ponce De Leon Federal Bank, the predecessor of Ponce Bank, has pre-2015 carryforwards of $1.9 million for New York State purposes and $1.8 million for New York City purposes. Furthermore, there are post-2015 carryforwards available of $28.2 million for New York State purposes and $15.5 million for New York City purposes. Finally, for New Jersey purposes, losses may only be carried forward 20 years, with no allowable carryback period. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had no New Jersey net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

Multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loans may carry greater credit risk than loans secured by one-to-four family real estate.

 

Our focus is primarily on prudently growing our multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loan portfolio. At December 31, 2018, $517.0 million, or 55.6%, of our loan portfolio consisted of multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loans as compared to $407.0 million, or 50.3%, of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2017. Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by one-to-four family real estate.

 

Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to one-to-four family residential real estate loan. In addition, any adverse developments with respect to borrowers or groups of borrowers that have more than one of these types of loans outstanding can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to borrowers or groups of borrowers that only have one type of these loans. If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would, in turn, adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.  Further, if we foreclose on the collateral, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for

34


 

one-to-four family real estate loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral, which can result in substantial holding costs.

 

Some of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. At December 31, 2018, 449 loans with an aggregate balance of $464.4 million are to borrowers with only one loan. Another 48 loans are to borrowers with two loans each with a corresponding aggregate balance of $50.9 million. One borrower accounts for 10 loans with an aggregate balance of $1.6 million.

 

The unseasoned nature of our multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loans portfolio may result in changes to our estimates of collectability, which may lead to additional provisions or charge-offs, which could hurt our profits.

 

Our multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loan portfolio has increased approximately $110.0 million, or 27.0%, from $407.0 million at December 31, 2017 to $517.0 million at December 31, 2018 and increased approximately $96.9 million, or 31.3%, from $310.0 million at December 31, 2016 to $407.0 million at December 31, 2017. A large portion of our multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loan portfolio is unseasoned and does not provide us with a significant payment or charge-off history pattern from which to judge future collectability. Currently, we estimate potential charge-offs using a rolling 12 quarter average and peer data adjusted for qualitative factors specific to us. As a result, it may be difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience or current estimates, which could adversely affect our future performance.  Further, these types of loans generally have larger balances and involve a greater risk than one-to-four family owner-occupied residential mortgage loans. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our multifamily, nonresidential and construction and land loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred historically with our residential mortgage loans.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, one-to-four family residential real estate loans amounted to $396.0 million and $388.0 million, or 42.6% and 48.0%, respectively, of our total loan portfolio. Of this, $303.2 million and $287.2 million, or 76.6% and 74.0%, respectively, is comprised of one-to-four family residential investor properties. One-to-four family residential mortgage lending, whether owner-occupied or non-owner occupied is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations. Declines in real estate values could cause some of our one-to-four family mortgages to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

 

One-to-four family residential mortgage lending, whether owner-occupied or non-owner-occupied, with combined higher loan-to-value ratios are more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their properties, they may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. For those home equity loans and lines of credit secured by a second mortgage, it is unlikely that we will be successful in recovering all or a portion of our loan proceeds in the event of default unless we are prepared to repay the first mortgage loan and such repayment and the costs associated with a foreclosure are justified by the value of the property. In addition, the current judicial and legal climate makes it difficult to foreclose on residential properties expeditiously and with reasonable costs. For these reasons, we may experience higher rates of delinquencies, default and losses on our one-to-four family loans.

 

The geographic concentration of our loan portfolio and lending activities makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy.

 

Although there is not a single employer or industry in our market area on which a significant number of our customers are dependent, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio is composed of loans secured by property located in the greater New York metropolitan area. This can make us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy and real estate markets. Adverse conditions in the local economy, such as unemployment, recession, a catastrophic event or other factors beyond our control, could impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, which could adversely impact our net interest income. Decreases in local real estate values caused by economic conditions or other events could adversely affect the value of the property used as collateral for our loans, which could cause us to realize a loss in the event of a foreclosure.  See “Business - Market Area” and “- Competition.”

 

35


 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, our allowance for loan losses totaled $12.7 million and $11.1 million, which represented 1.36%, and 1.37% of total loans at such dates. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans, loss and delinquency experience, and business and commercial real estate peer data and we evaluate other factors including, but not limited to, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies or non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance, which in turn, could materially decrease our net income.

 

In addition, our regulators, as well as internal auditors, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and, as a result of such reviews, we may determine that it is appropriate to increase the allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to income, or to charge off loans, which, net of any recoveries, would decrease the allowance for loan losses. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of nonperforming loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

 

Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. Any deterioration in economic conditions could have the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

demand for our products and services may decline;

 

loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans; and

 

the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Our business strategy includes growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues.

 

Our business strategy includes growth in assets, loans, deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving such growth will require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, competition from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected. Furthermore, there can be considerable costs involved in expanding deposit and lending capacity that generally require a period of time to generate the necessary revenues to offset their costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence and require alternative delivery methods. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings for some period of time until certain economies of scale are reached. Our expenses could be further increased if we encounter delays in modernizing existing facilities, opening of new branches or deploying new services.

36


 

 

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

 

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Members of our senior management team, or lending personnel who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See “Directors, Executives Officers, and Corporate Governance.”

 

Adherence to our internal policies and procedures by management is critical to our performance and how we are perceived by our regulators.

 

Our internal policies and procedures are a critical component of our corporate governance and, in some cases, compliance with applicable regulations. We adopt internal policies and procedures to guide management and employees regarding the operation and conduct of our business. We may not always achieve absolute compliance with all of our policies and procedures. Any deviation or non-adherence to these internal policies and procedures, whether intentional or unintentional, could have a detrimental effect on our management, operations or financial condition.

 

Our efficiency ratio is high, and we anticipate that it may remain high, as a result of the ongoing implementation of our business strategy.

 

Our non-interest expense totaled $34.6 million and $36.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively. Although we continue to analyze our expenses and pursue efficiencies where available, our efficiency ratio remains high as a result of the implementation of our business strategy combined with operating in an expensive market. Our efficiency ratio was 87.26% and 103.5% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. If we are unable to successfully implement our business strategy and increase our revenues, our profitability could be adversely affected.

 

A continuation of the historically low interest rate environment and the possibility that we may access higher-cost funds to support our loan growth and operations may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

 

In recent years the Federal Reserve Board’s policy has been to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. Recently, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that it believes a gradual increase in the targeted federal funds rate is appropriate. To this end, the Federal Reserve Board raised the targeted federal funds rate in December 2016, March 2017, June 2017, December 2017, March 2018, June 2018, September 2018, and December 2018. We cannot make any representation as to whether, or how many times, the Federal Reserve will increase the targeted federal funds rate in the future. Notwithstanding the Federal Reserve Board’s expressed intentions, our ability to reduce our interest expense may be limited at current interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease and our interest expense may increase as we access non-core funding sources or increase deposit rates to fund our operations. A continuation of a low, or relatively low, interest rate environment or our increasing cost of funds may adversely affect our net interest income, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability.

 

Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.

 

Net income is the amount by which net interest income and non-interest income exceeds non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between:

 

the interest income we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and

 

the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

 

37


 

The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower interest rates.

 

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A decline in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Furthermore, an inverted interest rate yield curve, where short-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions borrow funds) are higher than long-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions lend funds for fixed-rate loans), can reduce a financial institution’s net interest margin and create financial risk for financial institutions who originate longer-term, fixed rate mortgage loans.

 

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the value of our assets and ultimately affect our earnings.

 

We monitor interest rate risk through the use of simulation models, including estimates of the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our net present value or “NPV”) and our net interest income would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2018, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we estimate that we would experience a 10.88% decrease in NPV and a 6.56% decrease in net interest income. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

 

Changes in the valuation of securities held could adversely affect us.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, our securities portfolio totaled $27.1 million and $28.9 million, which represented 2.6% and 3.1% of total assets, respectively. All of the securities in our portfolio are classified as available-for-sale. Accordingly, a decline in the fair value of our securities could cause a material decline in our reported equity and/or net income. At least quarterly, and more frequently when warranted by economic or market conditions, management evaluates all securities classified as available-for-sale with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). For impaired debt securities that are intended to be sold, or more likely than not will be required to be sold, the full amount of market decline is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes. A decline in the market value of our securities portfolio could adversely affect our earnings.

 

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities, operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and higher lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates on more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

38


 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of new legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. For additional information see “Business —Market Area” and “—Competition.”

 

Our small size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

 

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions that are larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Our lower earnings may also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base may make it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income from such activities as securities and insurance brokerage. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

 

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

 

Ponce Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and PDL Community Bancorp is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which our institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund and the depositors and borrowers of Ponce Bank, rather than for our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in interpretation by us. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the regulation of banks and savings institutions and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies have been given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, many of which are not in final form. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the full extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its regulations and policies has already resulted in changes to our business and operations, as well as additional costs, and has diverted management’s time from other business activities, all of which have adversely affected our financial condition and results of operations. However, in February 2017, the President issued an executive order stating that a policy of his administration would be to make regulations efficient, effective, and appropriately tailored. The executive order directed certain regulatory agencies to review and identify laws and regulations that inhibit federal regulation of the U.S. financial system in a manner consistent with the policies stated in the executive order. Any changes in laws or regulation as a result of this review could result in a repeal, amendment to or delayed implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.  On May 24, 2018, President Trump signed into law a bipartisan regulatory reform bill.  Among other provisions, the bill increased the threshold to qualify for the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy

39


 

Statement from $1.0 billion to $3.0 billion and also provide for charter flexibility for federally-chartered savings banks and associations to adopt the powers of a national bank.

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.  These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

Our ability to originate loans could be restricted by recently adopted federal regulations.

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule intended to clarify how lenders can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which holds lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage loan.  Under the rule, loans that meet the “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

interest-only payments;

 

negative amortization; and

 

terms of longer than 30 years.

 

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a loan must be made to a borrower whose total monthly debt-to-income ratio does not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify a borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau to adopt rules and publish forms that combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for and closing on certain mortgage loans under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. In October 2015, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau implemented a final rule related to this requirement.

 

We face significant operational risks because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions and increased reliance on technology, including risk of loss related to cyber security breaches.

 

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions and to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our own business, operations, plans and strategies. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of operational deficiencies or as a result of non-compliance with applicable regulatory standards or customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In addition, we outsource some of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, including as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.

40


 

 

In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, or a breach of our security systems, including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, civil litigation and/or suffer damage to our reputation.

 

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

 

A capital rule, which became effective on January 1, 2015, affecting Ponce Bank, includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6.0% (increased from 4.0%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8.0% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement which began phasing in January of 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and which increases each year until fully implemented in January, 2019, to 2.5%. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.

 

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that Ponce Bank meets all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer as if it had been fully phased in.  

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, and result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of the requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding sources, change our business models or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Ponce Bank’s ability to pay dividends to PDL Community Bancorp will be limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the capital rules, which may further limit PDL Community Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

 

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

 

We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”) requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

 

The bodies responsible for establishing accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

41


 

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

 

Our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date to file periodic reports under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, including our consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and our determinations with respect to amounts owed for income taxes.

 

We intend to terminate our pension plan on or around May 31, 2019, which may reduce our net income in the year of termination.

 

We intend to terminate the Bank’s defined benefit pension plan on or around May 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank estimated that terminating the plan would result in a $2.5 million net charge to operations. Because the cost to terminate the pension plan is primarily dependent on the value of the pension plan’s assets and applicable interest rates at the time of the termination of the pension plan, we will not know the actual costs associated with the termination of the pension plan until the date of the termination, and the actual cost could be significantly different from the estimated cost.  See “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”

 

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us.

 

We have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. We consider most of the proceedings to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters, and we may not prevail in any proceedings or litigation. There could be substantial cost and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, brand or image, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities or properties we own.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties, or with respect to properties that we own in operating our business. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our policies, which require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

42


 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Our historical markets, minority and immigrant individuals, may be threatened by gentrification and adverse political developments, which could decrease our growth and profitability.

 

We believe that our historical strength has been our focus on the minority and immigrant markets. The continuing displacement of minorities due to gentrification of our communities may adversely affect us unless we are able to adapt and increase the acceptance of our products and services by non-minority customers. We may also be unfavorably impacted by political developments unfavorable to markets that are dependent on immigrant populations.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties.

As of December 31, 2018, the net book value of the Bank’s office properties was $26.6 million, and the net book value of its furniture, fixtures and other equipment was $4.3 million.  The Company’s and Bank’s executive offices are located in an owned facility at 2244 Westchester Avenue, Bronx, New York.  

 

43


 

The following table sets forth information regarding the Bank’s offices as of December 31, 2018.

 

Location

 

Leased or

Owned

 

Year Acquired

or Leased

 

Net Book Value of

Real Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Main Office:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2244 Westchester Avenue

 

Owned

 

1995

 

$

6,896

 

Bronx, NY 10462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

980 Southern Blvd.

 

Leased

 

1990

 

 

1,270

 

Bronx, NY 10459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37-60 82nd Street

 

Owned

 

2006

 

 

8,224

 

Jackson Heights, NY 11372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 East 170th Street

 

Owned

 

1987

 

 

114

 

Bronx, NY 10452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

169-174 Smith Street

 

Owned

 

1988

 

 

40

 

Brooklyn, NY 11201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1925 Third Avenue

 

Leased

 

1996

 

 

1,217

 

New York, NY 1996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2244 Westchester Avenue

 

Owned

 

1995

 

 

791

 

Bronx, NY 10462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5560 Broadway

 

Owned

 

1998

 

 

1,069

 

Bronx, NY 10463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3405-3407 Broadway

 

Leased

 

2001

 

 

137

 

Astoria, NY 11106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3821 Bergenline Avenue

 

Owned

 

2001

 

 

1,168

 

Union City, NJ 07087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1900-1960 Ralph Avenue

 

Leased

 

2007

 

 

263

 

Brooklyn, NY 11234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20-47 86th Street

 

Owned

 

2010

 

 

3,822

 

Brooklyn, NY 11214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100-20 Queens Blvd

 

Leased

 

2010

 

 

562

 

Forest Hills, NY 11375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

319 First Avenue

 

Leased

 

2010

 

 

1,055

 

New York, NY 10003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

26,628

 

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against us, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business.  We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

44


 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

The Company’s shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PDLB”.

 

The number of stockholders of record of the Company’s common stock as of March 28, 2019 was 250.  The number of record-holders may not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees.

The Company completed its initial public offering on September 29, 2017 and its stock commenced trading October 2, 2017.  To date the Company has not paid any dividends to its stockholders. We have no current plan or intention to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. However, if in the future the Board of Directors considers the payment of dividends, the amount of any dividend payments will be subject to statutory and regulatory limitations, and will depend upon a number of factors, including the following: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; the Federal Reserve Board’s current regulations restricting the waiver of dividends by mutual holding companies; and general economic conditions. No assurance can be given that the Board of Directors will ever consider the payment of dividends, and shareholders should have no expectation of such. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement providing that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if our prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with our capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance also provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the holding company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with its capital needs and overall financial condition. We have no current plan or intention to pay dividends. However, should the Board of Directors determine to consider the payment of dividends in the future, the Board of Directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including regulatory capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. In addition, PDL Community Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends will be limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements.” No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.  

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Ponce Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we may not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

Pursuant to our charter, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Dividends and Stock Repurchase.” Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Ponce Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Ponce Bank and earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock retained by PDL Community Bancorp and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency impose limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

Any payment of dividends by Ponce Bank to PDL Community Bancorp that would be deemed to be drawn out of Ponce Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Ponce Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Ponce Bank does not intend to make any distribution to PDL Community Bancorp that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Taxation.”

If PDL Community Bancorp should ever pay dividends to its stockholders, it will likely pay dividends to Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company. The Federal Reserve Board’s current regulations significantly restrict the ability of newly

45


 

organized mutual holding companies to waive dividends declared by their subsidiaries. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that, should a dividend ever be paid, Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company will waive dividends paid by PDL Community Bancorp. See “Regulation and Supervision-Other Regulations- Waivers of Dividends by Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company.”

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

There were no sales of registered securities during the year ended December 31, 2018.  The Company has made no sales of unregistered securities.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information at December 31, 2018

 

Plan Category

Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights                        (a)

 

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price

of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights              (b)

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))                                           (c)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

 

674,645

 

$12.77

(1)

 

265,476

 

Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Security Holders

 

 

 

 

Total

 

674,645

 

$12.77

(1)

 

265,476

 

 

(1)

Outstanding stock options (163,766), have an excerise price of $12.77 per share.  Outstanding restricted stock units (510,879), have no exercise price.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

None.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The summary information presented below at or for each of the periods presented is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements of the Company presented in Item 8.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Selected Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,059,901

 

 

$

925,522

 

 

$

744,983

 

 

$

703,157

 

 

$

706,414

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

69,778

 

 

 

59,724

 

 

 

11,716

 

 

 

12,694

 

 

 

15,849

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

27,144

 

 

 

28,897

 

 

 

52,690

 

 

 

82,034

 

 

 

100,574

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,143

 

 

 

3,303

 

 

 

2,707

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

918,509

 

 

 

798,703

 

 

 

642,148

 

 

 

567,662

 

 

 

543,289

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

162

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

31,135

 

 

 

27,172

 

 

 

26,028

 

 

 

27,177

 

 

 

28,718

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock (FHLB), at cost

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

1,162

 

 

 

1,267

 

Deposits

 

 

809,758

 

 

 

713,985

 

 

 

643,078

 

 

 

599,506

 

 

 

599,697

 

Borrowings

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

169,172

 

 

 

164,785

 

 

 

92,992

 

 

 

91,062

 

 

 

89,600

 

 

46


 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

46,156

 

 

$

38,989

 

 

$

33,741

 

 

$

33,590

 

 

$

35,495

 

Interest expense

 

 

9,490

 

 

 

6,783

 

 

 

5,936

 

 

 

5,650

 

 

 

5,730

 

Net interest income

 

 

36,666

 

 

 

32,206

 

 

 

27,805

 

 

 

27,940

 

 

 

29,765

 

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

353

 

 

 

1,183

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

35,417

 

 

 

30,490

 

 

 

27,862

 

 

 

27,587

 

 

 

28,582

 

Noninterest income

 

 

2,938

 

 

 

3,104

 

 

 

2,431

 

 

 

2,462

 

 

 

2,749

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

34,557

 

 

 

36,557

 

 

 

27,863

 

 

 

26,216

 

 

 

25,797

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

 

 

3,798

 

 

 

(2,963

)

 

 

2,430

 

 

 

3,833

 

 

 

5,534

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

1,424

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

1,315

 

 

 

2,998

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

2,677

 

 

 

(4,387

)

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

2,518

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

 

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.28

%

 

 

(0.51

%)

 

 

0.20

%

 

 

0.35

%

 

 

0.35

%

Return on average equity

 

 

1.60

%

 

 

(3.52

%)

 

 

1.53

%

 

 

2.76

%

 

 

2.80

%

Net interest rate spread (1)

 

 

3.57

%

 

 

3.76

%

 

 

3.82

%

 

 

3.96

%

 

 

4.26

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

3.92

%

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

4.14

%

 

 

4.42

%

Noninterest expense to average assets

 

 

3.56

%

 

 

4.28

%

 

 

3.84

%

 

 

3.67

%

 

 

3.59

%

Efficiency ratio (3)

 

 

87.26

%

 

 

103.53

%

 

 

92.15

%

 

 

86.23

%

 

 

79.34

%

Average interest-earning assets to average

   interest- bearing liabilities

 

 

134.52

%

 

 

130.35

%

 

 

123.84

%

 

 

121.66

%

 

 

119.27

%

Average equity to average assets

 

 

17.26

%

 

 

14.58

%

 

 

12.81

%

 

 

12.78

%

 

 

12.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk weighted assets (bank only)

 

 

19.39

%

 

 

20.73

%

 

 

19.21

%

 

 

20.72

%

 

 

20.32

%

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets (bank only)

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

17.96

%

 

 

19.46

%

 

 

19.06

%

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted

   assets ( bank only)

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

17.96

%

 

 

19.46

%

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 capital to average assets (bank only)

 

 

13.66

%

 

 

14.67

%

 

 

13.32

%

 

 

13.67

%

 

 

13.46

%

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

1.37

%

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

1.71

%

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of

   nonperforming loans

 

 

186.77

%

 

 

97.05

%

 

 

132.15

%

 

 

99.78

%

 

 

58.79

%

Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding

   loans during the year

 

 

0.04

%

 

 

(0.12

%)

 

 

0.13

%

 

 

(0.06

%)

 

 

(0.30

%)

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

1.41

%

 

 

1.19

%

 

 

1.65

%

 

 

2.91

%

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

1.23

%

 

 

1.04

%

 

 

1.35

%

 

 

2.28

%

Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

1.23

%

 

 

1.04

%

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

2.30

%

Total non-performing assets, accruing loans past due 90

   days or more, and accruing troubled debt restructured

   loans as a percentage of total assets

 

 

1.63

%

 

 

2.72

%

 

 

3.50

%

 

 

4.19

%

 

 

5.33

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of offices

 

14

 

 

14

 

 

14

 

 

14

 

 

14

 

Number of full-time equivalent employees

 

181

 

 

177

 

 

174

 

 

175

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of average interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(2)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

(3)

Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

 

47


 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

General

This section is intended to help investors understand the consolidated financial performance of PDL Community Bancorp through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and our results of operation for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report.

Overview

We have made significant investments over the last several years in adding experienced senior level individuals, expanding our lending staff, absorbing the costs of being a public company and upgrading technology and facilities. These investments have had an adverse effect on our net income during those periods. However, during those same periods, we have been able to significantly grow the Bank while improving its asset quality and strengthening its capital.

Total assets increased $134.4 million, or 14.5%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2018 from $925.5 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was mainly due to increases in net loans and cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by a decrease in available-for-sale securities. Net loans receivable (which excludes loans held for sale) increased $119.8 million, or 15.0%, to $918.5 million at December 31, 2018 from $798.7 million at December 31, 2017, reflecting increases in all loan categories, except owner-occupied one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Cash and cash equivalents increased $10.1 million, or 16.8%, to $69.8 million at December 31, 2018 from $59.7 million at December 31, 2017. Available-for-sale securities decreased $1.8 million, or 6.1%, to $27.1 million at December 31, 2018 from $28.9 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in the available-for-sale securities portfolio in 2018 was mainly attributed to the sale of $3.8 million of our securities portfolio throughout the year, principal pay-downs of mortgage-backed securities of $2.9 million offset with purchases totaling $5.0 million during the year.

Net income increased $7.1 million, or 161.4%, to a net income of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to a net loss of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in net income was due primarily to an increase in net interest income and a reduction in noninterest expenses. Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased $4.9 million, or 16.2%, to $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Noninterest expenses decreased $2.0 million, or 5.5%, to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 largely due to the absence of the 2017 funding of the Ponce De Leon Foundation which was a one-time contribution. Provision for income taxes also decreased $303,000 due to recent tax reform, reducing the corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21%.

An increase in interest rates will present us with a challenge in managing our interest rate risk. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can result in interest expense increasing more rapidly than increases in interest income as interest rates increase. Therefore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and net economic value, which in turn would likely have an adverse effect on our results of operations. As described in “—Management of Market Risk,” we expect that our net interest income and our net economic value would decrease as a result of an instantaneous increase in interest rates. To help manage interest rate risk, we promote core deposit products and we are diversifying our loan portfolio by introducing new lending programs. See “—Business Strategy”, “—Management of Market Risk” and “Risk Factors—Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.”

Business Strategy

Our goal is to provide long-term value to our stockholders, customers, employees and the communities we serve by executing a safe and sound business strategy that produces increasing earnings. We believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused, minority oriented bank to provide a full range of financial services to commercial and retail customers in our market area, and the increased capital we obtained as a result of the completion of the offering on September 29, 2017, will enable us to compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace.

48


 

Our current business strategy consists of the following:

 

 

 

Continue to expand our multifamily and nonresidential loans. The additional capital raised in the stock offering has increased our capacity to originate multifamily and nonresidential loans. At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, multifamily and nonresidential loans (not including loans secured by owner-occupied properties), together with construction and land loans, totaled $464.9 million and $372.7 million, or 313.1% and 264.3%, respectively, of total risk-based capital. Under our current board approved loan concentration policy, such loans, including construction and land loans, shall not exceed 330% of our total risk-based capital. Most multifamily and nonresidential loans are originated with adjustable rates and, as a result, these loans are expected to increase loan yields with shorter repricing terms than fixed-rate loans. Multifamily and nonresidential loan originations increased during the year ended December 31, 2018 by $31.8 million, or 29.5%, when compared to the same period in 2017.

 

 

 

Introduce new community lending programs. In 2017 the Bank was  approved as an authorized direct lender under the Small Business Administration (SBA) and in 2018 as a Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI). The addition of both of these programs combined with its existing products will bolster the Bank’s commitment to continue to serve the communities that it has supported over the past almost sixty years.

 

 

 

Continue to increase core deposits, with an emphasis on low cost commercial demand deposits, and add non-core funding sources. Deposits are the major source of balance sheet funding for lending and other investments. We have made significant investments in new products and services, personnel, branch distribution system as well as enhancing our electronic delivery solutions in an effort to become more competitive in the financial services marketplace and attract more core deposits. Core deposits are our least costly source of funds and represent our best opportunity to develop customer relationships that enable us to cross-sell our enhanced products and services. Total deposits increased by $95.8 million, or 13.4%, to $809.8 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $714.0 million at December 31, 2017. The majority of the increase was due to an increase of $14.0 million, or 3.4%, in certificates of deposit accounts, $12.9 million, or 12.5%, in demand deposits and $68.8 million, or 34.3%, in other interest bearing deposits, which consist of money markets, NOW and savings accounts. Certificates of deposit accounted for 52.4% and 57.4% of total deposits at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. While we will continue to use certificates of deposit as a funding source, our goal is to continue to reduce our reliance on this source of funding as we grow our core deposit base.

 

 

 

Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets. We believe strong asset quality is a key to our long-term financial success. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having an experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined policies and procedures, appropriate loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.64% at December 31, 2018, 1.23% at December 31, 2017 and 1.04% at December 31, 2016. The majority of our non-performing assets have been related, largely, to one-to-four family and, to a lesser extent, construction and land loans, as our residential borrowers experienced difficulties repaying their loans during the past recession. We have increased our investment in our credit review function, both in personnel as well as ancillary systems, in order to be able to evaluate more complex loans and better manage credit risk, to further support our intended loan growth.

 

 

 

Expand our employee base to support future growth. We have already made significant investments in our employee base. However, we will continue to work to attract and retain the necessary talent to support increased lending, deposit activities and enhanced information technology.

 

 

 

Grow organically and through opportunistic bank or branch acquisitions. We expect to focus primarily on  organic growth as a lower-risk means of deploying our acquired capital.  The capital raised also will help fund improvements in our operating facilities and customer delivery services in order to enhance our competitiveness.  Opportunistic acquisition possibilities will be explored provided that we believe they would enhance the value of our franchise and yield potential financial benefits for our stockholders. Although we believe opportunities exist to increase our market share in our current locations, we will not be adverse to expanding into nearby markets, enlarging our current branch network, or adding loan production offices, provided we believe such efforts would enhance our competitive standing.

 

49


 

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be significant accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have determined to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to nonpublic companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

The following represent our significant accounting policies:

Loans Receivable. Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at current unpaid principal balances, net of the allowance for loan losses and including net deferred loan origination fees and costs.

Interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the interest method without anticipating prepayments.

A loan is moved to nonaccrual status in accordance with the Bank’s policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment. The accrual of interest on mortgage and business loans is generally discontinued at the time that the loan becomes 90 days past due, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due. Past-due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All nonaccrual loans are considered impaired loans.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual are reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or recorded against principal balances only until qualifying for return to accrual. Cash-basis interest recognition is only applied on nonaccrual loans with a sufficient collateral margin to ensure no doubt with respect to the collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and remain current for a period of time (typically six months) and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance, or portion thereof, is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) and classified as impaired.

50


 

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impaired loans are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral, present value of cash flows, or the observable market price of the note. Impairment measurement for all collateral dependent loans, excluding accruing TDR’s, is based on the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, if necessary. A loan is considered collateral dependent if repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or the operation of the underlying collateral.

When the Bank modifies a loan in a TDR, management evaluates for any possible impairment using either the discounted cash flows method, where the value of the modified loan is based on the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or by using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if repayment under the modified terms becomes doubtful.

When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories reflecting individual borrower earnings, liquidity, leverage and cash flow, as well as the nature of underlying collateral. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank determines the historical loss experience by portfolio segment and it is based on the actual losses experienced by the Bank using a rolling 12 quarter average. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and, effects of changes in credit concentrations.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate at December 31, 2018. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis in compliance with regulatory requirements. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses.

Securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date individual investment securities are acquired, and the appropriateness of such classification is reassessed at each statement of financial condition date.

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, if any, are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities, if any, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the discounted present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

51


 

Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific-identification method. The sale of a held-to-maturity security within three months of its maturity date or after collection of at least 85% of the principal outstanding at the time the security was acquired is considered a maturity for purposes of classification and disclosure.

Income Taxes. The Bank recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no liabilities recorded related to uncertain tax positions. The Bank is no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal, state or local tax authorities for years before 2015.

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, would be classified as additional provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for management’s assessment of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

Total Assets. Total assets increased $134.4 million, or 14.5%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2018, from $925.5 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was due to increases in net loans and cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by a decrease in available-for-sale securities, as discussed in more detail below.

Available-for-Sale Securities. Available-for-sale securities, consisting primarily of U.S. Government agency sponsored securities, as well as mortgage-backed securities, decreased $1.8 million, or 6.1%, to $27.1 million at December 31, 2018, from $28.9 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease resulted primarily from the sale of $3.8 million of securities, $2.9 million principal pay downs and maturities of mortgage-backed securities, offset with $5.0 million of securities purchased during the year.

Net Loans Receivable. Net loans receivable increased $119.8 million, or 15.0%, to $918.5 million at December 31, 2018 from $798.7 million at December 31, 2017, reflecting increases in all loan categories except owner-occupied one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. One-to four-family residential loans increased $8.0 million, or 2.1%, to $396.0 million at December 31, 2018 from $388.0 million at December 31, 2017. Multifamily residential, non-residential properties and construction and land loans increased $44.0 million, $45.7 million and $20.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017 and these represented increases of 23.3%, 30.2% and 30.2%, respectively. Consumer loans also increased by $182,000 or 20.5% and business loans increased $2.8 million, or 22.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017. This growth also incorporates our strategy to grow the portfolio with adjustable-rate loans to mitigate interest rate risk and increase our efficiency of operations.

52


 

Deposits. Total deposits increased $95.8 million, or 13.4%, to $809.8 million at December 31, 2018 from $714.0 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to increases in money market accounts of $69.7 million to $116.2 million at December 31, 2018 from $46.5 million at December 31, 2017. Demand deposit accounts increased $12.9 million, or 12.5%, to $115.9 million at December 31, 2018 from $103.0 million at December 31, 2017 and certificates of deposit increased $14.0 million, or 3.4%, to $424.1 million at December 31, 2018 from $410.1 million at December 31, 2017.    

 

Borrowings. We had outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2018 and 2017 of $69.4 million and $36.4 million, respectively. These borrowings are in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and borrowings from our correspondent banking relationships. Historically, we have had limited reliance on borrowings to fund our lending operations. However, we may continue to utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and borrowings from our correspondent bank relationships to supplement the supply of investable funds and further our organic loan growth.

Stockholders’ Equity. Total stockholders’ equity increased $4.4 million, or 2.7%, to $169.2 million at December 31, 2018, from $164.8 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was substantially due to net income of $2.7 million, a decrease of $1.0 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss related primarily to the defined benefit pension plan, and the release of ESOP shares of $615,000.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

General. Consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2018, was $2.7 million compared to a net loss of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The increase was primarily attributed to an increase of $4.9 million in net interest income after the provision for loan losses and by decreases of $2.0 million to non-interest expense and of $166,000 in non-interest income.  

Interest Income. Interest and dividend income increased $7.2 million, or 18.4%, to $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to a $6.8 million, or 17.8%, increase in interest income on loans, which is our primary source of interest income. Average loan balances increased $131.5 million, or 17.9%, to $867.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $735.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in average loan balances was mainly driven by increases in the multifamily mortgage, nonresidential mortgage, one-to-four family mortgage, and construction and land loan portfolios. The average yield on loans decreased 1 basis point to 5.18% for the year ended December 31, 2018 from 5.19% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Interest and dividend income on investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock increased $391,000, or 47.9%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $817,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The yield on investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock increased 42 basis points to 1.74% for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 1.33% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average balance of investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock increased $3.8 million, or 5.8%, to $69.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $2.7 million, or 39.9%, to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was the result of an overall increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit, savings and money markets, and interest expense on borrowings. Specifically, interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $1.7 million, or 28.7%, to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase resulted from increases in both the average balance of certificates of deposit and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit. The average balance of certificates of deposit increased $52.5 million, or 13.6%, to $439.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $387.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 20 basis points to 1.73% for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Interest expense on other deposits and borrowings increased $1.0 million to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $866,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase resulted from an increase in the average rate we paid on other deposits and borrowings. The average balance of other deposits and borrowings increased $28.6 million, or 12.8%, to $256.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $227.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, and the average rate we paid on other deposits and borrowings increased 33 basis points to 0.73%

53


 

for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2017, reflecting higher market interest rates.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $4.5 million, or 13.8%, to $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily as a result of higher market yields on earning assets. Our average net interest-earning assets increased by $53.8 million, or 28.9%, to $240.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, from $186.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, due primarily to our loan growth, described above. Our net interest rate spread decreased by 19 basis points, to 3.57%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 3.76% for the year ended December 31, 2017, and our net interest margin was 3.92% and 4.02% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

An increase in interest rates will present us with a challenge in managing our interest rate risk. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can result in interest expense increasing more rapidly than increases in interest income as interest rates increase. Therefore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and net economic value, which in turn would likely have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We expect that our net interest income and our net economic value would decrease as a result of an instantaneous increase in interest rates. To help manage interest rate risk, we are promoting core deposit products while concurrently diversifying our loan portfolio by introducing new lending programs.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the consolidated financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, the fair value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. See “—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Business—Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information.

After an evaluation of these factors, we decreased our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 by $467,000 compared to an increase for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $1.8 million. Our allowance for loan losses was $12.7 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $11.1 million at December 31, 2017. The allowance for loan losses to gross loans decreased to 1.36% at December 31, 2018 from 1.37% at December 31, 2017, and the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans increased to 186.77% at December 31, 2018 from 97.05% at December 31, 2017.

To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at December 31, 2018. However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses and as a result of such reviews, we may determine to adjust our allowance for loan losses. However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in establishing the allowance for loan losses as the process is our responsibility and any increase or decrease in the allowance is the responsibility of management.

Non-interest Income. Total non-interest income decreased $166,000, or 5.3%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $3.1 million for the same period in the prior year.  The decrease in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the same period in 2017 was primarily due to a decrease of $204,000 in late  and prepayment charges.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service charges and fees

 

$

845

 

 

$

909

 

 

$

(64

)

 

 

(7.0

%)

Brokerage commissions

 

 

533

 

 

 

547

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(2.6

%)

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

606

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

(204

)

 

 

(25.2

%)

Other

 

 

954

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

13.8

%

Total non-interest income

 

$

2,938

 

 

$

3,104

 

 

$

(166

)

 

 

(5.3

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54


 

 

Non-interest Expense. Total non-interest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 5.5%, to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $36.6 million for the same period in 2017.  For the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the same period in 2017, compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $830,000 mainly due to our investment in our employee base, including the senior management team and our sales and relationship management personnel, to help support our continued growth strategy. Occupancy expense increased $848,000, due to the rebranding and improvements of our branches. Professional fees, which primarily include legal and audit expenses, increased $2.1 million, Other operating expenses increased $335,000. Office supplies, telephone and postage increased $206,000. In addition, there were increases of $22,000 in FDIC insurance assessments and $100,000 in insurance and surety bond expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018.  Direct loan expense increased $49,000. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $6.3 million, which resulted from the absence of the contribution of 609,279 shares of Company common stock, valued at $6.1 million, and $200,000 in cash to the Ponce De Leon Foundation in 2017.  In addition, data processing expenses, decreased by $62,000 mainly due to contractual provisions and the level of new products and services that were introduced during 2018.  

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

17,939

 

 

$

17,109

 

 

$

830

 

 

 

4.9

%

Occupancy

 

 

6,673

 

 

 

5,825

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

14.6

%

Data processing

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(4.2

%)

Direct loan expense

 

 

788

 

 

 

739

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

6.6

%

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

369

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

37.2

%

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

1,309

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

18.7

%

Federal deposit insurance premiums

 

 

272

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

8.8

%

Charitable foundation contributions

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,293

 

 

 

(6,293

)

 

 

100.0

%

Professional fees

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

197.5

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

215

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(30.2

%)

Directors fees

 

 

277

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(4.2

%)

Regulatory dues

 

 

238

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(9.2

%)

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

21.2

%

Total non-interest expense

 

$

34,557

 

 

$

36,557

 

 

$

(2,000

)

 

 

(5.5

%)

 

Income Tax Expense. We incurred income tax expense of $1.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, resulting in effective rates of 29.5% and 48.1%, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, net deferred tax asset amounted to $3.8 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

General. Consolidated net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017, was $4.4 million compared to net income of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The 2017 results include a one-time, pre-tax contribution of 609,279 shares of Company common stock, valued at $6.1 million, and $200,000 in cash, to establish the Ponce De Leon Foundation.  Excluding this non-recurring expense, net income would have been $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

 

Interest Income. Interest and dividend income increased $5.3 million, or 15.7%, to $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $5.5 million, or 16.9%, increase in interest income on loans, which is our primary source of interest income. Average loan balances increased $129.7 million, or 21.4%, to $735.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $605.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in average loan balances was mainly driven by increases in the one-to-four family, construction and land, multifamily mortgage and nonresidential mortgage loan portfolios. The average yield on loans decreased 20 basis points to 5.19% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 5.39% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as higher-yielding loans have been repaid or refinanced and replaced with lower-yielding loans in the current interest rate environment.

55


 

Interest and dividend income on investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock decreased $283,000, or 19.6%, to $817,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The yield on investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock increased 7 basis points to 1.33% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 1.26% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The average balance of investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock decreased $20.0 million, or 42.3%, to $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $85.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, mainly due to $20.4 million of securities, with an average yield of 1.47%, being sold.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $847,000, or 14.4%, to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was the result of an overall increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit, other deposits, and interest expense on borrowings. Specifically, interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $415,000, or 7.5%, to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase resulted from increases in both the average balance of certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit. The average balance of certificates of deposit increased $15.9 million, or 4.3%, to $387.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $371.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 5 basis points to 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 1.48% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Interest expense on other deposits and borrowings increased $432,000 to $866,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $434,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase resulted from an increase in the average rate we paid on other deposits and borrowings. The average balance of other deposits and borrowings increased $40.7 million, or 21.8%, to $227.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $187.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and the average rate we paid on other deposits and borrowings increased 17 basis points to 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 0.23% for the year ended December 31, 2016, reflecting higher market interest rates.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $4.4 million, or 15.8%, to $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of lower cost of funds and higher market yields on earning assets. Our average net interest-earning assets increased by $53.0 million, or 39.9%, to $186.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $133.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, due primarily to our loan growth, described above. Our net interest rate spread decreased by 6 basis points, to 3.76%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 3.82% for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our net interest margin was 4.02% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, reflecting primarily a lower cost of funds and higher market yields on earning assets.

 

An increase in interest rates will present us with a challenge in managing our interest rate risk. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can result in interest expense increasing more rapidly than increases in interest income as interest rates increase. Therefore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and net economic value, which in turn would likely have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We expect that our net interest income and our net economic value would decrease as a result of an instantaneous increase in interest rates. To help manage interest rate risk, we are promoting core deposit products while concurrently diversifying our loan portfolio by introducing new lending programs.

Provision for Loan Losses. After an evaluation of applicable factors, we increased our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 by $1.8 million and decreased our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a recovery of $57,000. Our allowance for loan losses was $11.1 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $10.2 million at December 31, 2016. The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 1.37% at December 31, 2017 from 1.57% at December 31, 2016, and the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans decreased to 97.05% at December 31, 2017 from 132.15% at December 31, 2016. We decreased the portion of the allowance for loan losses attributable to one-to-four family residential real estate loans due to a continued decrease in loss history related to this portion of the portfolio, as well as recoveries related to this portion of the portfolio exceeding charge-offs.

To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at December 31, 2017. However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses and as a result of such reviews, we may determine to adjust our allowance for loan losses.

56


 

However, regulatory agencies are not directly involved in establishing the allowance for loan losses as the process is our responsibility and any increase or decrease in the allowance is the responsibility of management.

Non-interest Income. Total non-interest income increased $673,000, or 27.7%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $2.4 million for the same period in the prior year.  The increase in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016 was primarily due to a increase of $508,000 in late and prepayment charges.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service charges and fees

 

$

909

 

 

$

938

 

 

$

(29

)

 

 

(3.1

%)

Brokerage commissions

 

 

547

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

6.2

%

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

810

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

508

 

 

 

168.2

%

Other

 

 

838

 

 

 

676

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

24.0

%

Total non-interest income

 

$

3,104

 

 

$

2,431

 

 

$

673

 

 

 

27.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest Expense. Total non-interest expense increased $8.7 million, or 31.2%, to $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $27.9 million for the same period in 2016.  For the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016, compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $2.1 million mainly due to our investment in our employee base, including the senior management team and our sales and relationship management personnel, to help support our continued growth strategy. Other operating expenses increased by $816,000, due to marketing outlays to generate organic growth and investments in new products and services, as well as a $236,000 increase in the provision for unfunded commitments and contingencies. As part of the recent reorganization, a contribution of 609,279 shares of Company common stock, valued at $6.1 million, and $200,000 in cash was made to the newly formed Ponce De Leon Foundation. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $288,000 in FDIC insurance assessments and $195,000 in insurance and surety bond expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017.  In addition, data processing expenses, decreased by $147,000 mainly due to contractual provisions and the level of new products and services that were introduced during 2017.  Direct loan expense decreased $121,000, due primarily to the improvement in the quality of our loan portfolio.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

17,109

 

 

$

14,979

 

 

$

2,130

 

 

 

14.2

%

Occupancy

 

 

5,825

 

 

 

5,651

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

3.1

%

Data processing

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

1,617

 

 

 

(147

)

 

 

(9.1

%)

Direct loan expense

 

 

739

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(14.1

%)

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

269

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

(42.0

%)

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

1,071

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

3.0

%

Federal deposit insurance premiums

 

 

250

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

(288

)

 

 

(53.5

%)

Charitable foundation contributions

 

 

6,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,293

 

 

 

100.0

%

Professional fees

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

959

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

10.5

%

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

308

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

55.6

%

Directors fees

 

 

289

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.3

%

Regulatory dues

 

 

262

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

13.4

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

56.9

%

Total non-interest expense

 

$

36,557

 

 

$

27,863

 

 

$

8,694

 

 

 

31.2

%

 

Income Tax Expense. We incurred income tax expense of $1.4 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, resulting in effective rates of 48.1% and 41.4%, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, net deferred tax asset amounted to $3.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively. The increase in tax expense was mainly due to the enactment of the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”, which resulted in a $2.1 million income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

 

57


 

 

Average Balance Sheet

The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at the date and for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as the effects would be immaterial. All average balances are monthly average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense. Loan balances exclude loans held for sale.

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

Yield/Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/Rate

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-earning

   assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

$

867,030

 

 

$

44,948

 

 

5.18

%

 

$

735,566

 

 

$

38,172

 

 

 

5.19

%

 

$

605,878

 

 

$

32,660

 

 

 

5.39

%

Available-for-sale

   securities

 

26,424

 

 

 

381

 

 

1.44

%

 

 

36,240

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

1.32

%

 

 

70,142

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

1.44

%

Other (1)

 

42,937

 

 

 

828

 

 

1.93

%

 

 

29,289

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

1.33

%

 

 

15,365

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

0.45

%

Total interest-

   earning assets

 

936,391

 

 

 

46,157

 

 

4.93

%

 

 

801,095

 

 

 

39,041

 

 

 

4.87

%

 

 

691,385

 

 

 

33,741

 

 

 

4.88

%

Non-interest-earning

   assets

 

33,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,759

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

970,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

854,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

725,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

   liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

$

125,395

 

 

$

766

 

 

0.61

%

 

$

128,282

 

 

$

506

 

 

 

0.39

%

 

$

126,573

 

 

$

327

 

 

 

0.26

%

Interest-bearing demand

 

88,295

 

 

 

205

 

 

0.23

%

 

 

74,824

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

0.19

%

 

 

54,493

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

0.18

%

Certificates of deposit

 

439,737

 

 

 

7,617

 

 

1.73

%

 

 

387,232

 

 

 

5,917

 

 

 

1.53

%

 

 

371,313

 

 

 

5,502

 

 

 

1.48

%

Total deposits

 

653,427

 

 

 

8,588

 

 

1.31

%

 

 

590,338

 

 

 

6,569

 

 

 

1.11

%

 

 

552,379

 

 

 

5,925

 

 

 

1.07

%

Advance payments by

   borrowers

 

7,762

 

 

 

4

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

6,292

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

4,770

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

0.09

%

Borrowings

 

34,886

 

 

 

899

 

 

2.58

%

 

 

17,955

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

1.46

%

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

0.61

%

Total interest-

   bearing liabilities

 

696,075

 

 

 

9,491

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

614,585

 

 

 

6,835

 

 

 

1.11

%

 

 

558,294

 

 

 

5,936

 

 

 

1.06

%

Non-interest-bearing

   liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing

   demand

 

100,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest-

   bearing liabilities

 

5,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest-

   bearing liabilities

 

106,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

802,562

 

 

 

9,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

730,276

 

 

 

6,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

632,220

 

 

 

5,936

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

167,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and

   total equity

$

970,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.36

%

 

$

854,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.11

%

 

$

725,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.06

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

36,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

32,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

27,805

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest rate

   spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.76

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.82

%

Net interest-earning

   assets (3)

$

240,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

186,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

133,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.92

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest-earning

   assets to interest-

   bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123.84

%

 

 

(1)

Includes FHLB demand accounts and FHLB stock dividends.

 

(2)

Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

58


 

 

(3)

Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(4)

Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018 vs. 2017

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

Total Increase

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

Total Increase

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

6,822

 

 

$

(46

)

 

$

6,776

 

 

$

6,991

 

 

$

(1,479

)

 

$

5,512

 

Securities

 

 

(130

)

 

 

31

 

 

 

(99

)

 

 

(489

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(532

)

Other

 

 

181

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

439

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

257

 

 

 

320

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

6,873

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

7,116

 

 

 

6,564

 

 

 

(1,264

)

 

 

5,300

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

 

 

(11

)

 

 

271

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

179

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

22

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

50

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

802

 

 

 

898

 

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

415

 

Total deposits

 

 

813

 

 

 

1,206

 

 

 

2,019

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

644

 

Advance payment by borrowers

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

247

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

637

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

255

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,061

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

2,656

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

899

 

Change in net interest income

 

$

5,812

 

 

$

(1,352

)

 

$

4,460

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

(1,771

)

 

$

4,401

 

 

Management of Market Risk

General. Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our Board of Directors. We currently utilize a third-party modeling solution that is prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates, given the aforementioned considerations.

We do not engage in hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligation residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage backed securities

Net Interest Income. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through a net interest income model. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a 12-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by 100 basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent shifts in the yield curve. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the "Change in Interest Rates" column below.

59


 

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2018, the calculation of the estimated changes in our net interest income that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

Year 1 Change

 

Rate Shift (basis points) (1)

 

Year 1 Forecast

 

 

from Level

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

+400

 

$

30,401

 

 

-16.06%

 

+300

 

 

32,244

 

 

-10.97%

 

+200

 

 

33,841

 

 

-6.56%

 

+100

 

 

35,179

 

 

-2.86%

 

Level

 

 

36,215

 

 

0.00%

 

-100

 

 

36,990

 

 

2.14%

 

 

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2018, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 6.56% decrease in net interest income, and in the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 2.14% increase in net interest income.

Net Present Value. We also compute amounts by which the net present value of our assets and liabilities ("NPV") would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. This model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. The model estimates the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by 100 basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent shifts in the yield curve.

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2018, the calculation of the estimated changes in our NPV that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPV as a Percentage of Present

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value of Assets (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Increase (Decrease) in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

Change in Interest

 

Estimated

 

 

NPV

 

 

NPV

 

 

(Decrease)

 

Rates (basis points) (1)

 

NPV (2)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Ratio (4)

 

 

(basis points)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

+400

 

$

134,431

 

 

$

(39,821

)

 

 

-22.85

%

 

 

13.53

%

 

 

(261

)

+300

 

 

144,880

 

 

 

(29,372

)

 

 

-16.86

%

 

 

14.28

%

 

 

(186

)

+200

 

 

155,297

 

 

 

(18,955

)

 

 

-10.88

%

 

 

14.99

%

 

 

(115

)

+100

 

 

165,613

 

 

 

(8,639

)

 

 

-4.96

%

 

 

15.66

%

 

 

(48

)

Level

 

 

174,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

16.14

%

 

 

 

-100

 

 

181,149

 

 

 

(6,897

)

 

 

-3.96

%

 

 

16.46

%

 

 

32

 

 

 

(1)

Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

 

(2)

NPV is the discounted net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

 

(3)

Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.

 

(4)

NPV Ratio represents NPV divided by the present value of assets.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2018, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 10.88% decrease in net economic value, and in the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 3.96% decrease in net economic value.

60


 

GAP Analysis. In addition, we analyze our interest rate sensitivity by monitoring our interest rate sensitivity "gap." Our interest rate sensitivity gap is the difference between the amount of our interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of our interest bearing-liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period.  A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during a period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during the same period, and a gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during a period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during the same period.

The following table sets forth our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2018, which are anticipated to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown based upon certain assumptions. The amounts of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2018, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments. The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Time to Repricing

 

 

 

Zero to

90 Days

 

 

Zero to

180 Days

 

 

Zero Days

to One

Year

 

 

Zero Days

to Two

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

Plus

 

 

Total

Earning

Assets &

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Non

Earning

Assets &

Non

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

   in banks

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

24,553

 

 

$

45,225

 

 

$

69,778

 

Securities

 

 

5,121

 

 

 

5,997

 

 

 

10,675

 

 

 

26,397

 

 

 

26,698

 

 

 

27,568

 

 

 

27,568

 

 

 

(424

)

 

 

27,144

 

Net loans (includes

    LHFS)

 

 

103,967

 

 

 

137,999

 

 

 

206,712

 

 

 

371,288

 

 

 

856,529

 

 

 

924,906

 

 

 

924,906

 

 

 

(6,397

)

 

 

918,509

 

FHLB Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,915

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

41,551

 

 

 

41,555

 

Total

 

$

133,641

 

 

$

168,549

 

 

$

241,940

 

 

$

422,238

 

 

$

910,699

 

 

$

979,946

 

 

$

979,946

 

 

$

79,955

 

 

$

1,059,901

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-maturity deposits

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

269,749

 

 

$

115,923

 

 

$

385,672

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

65,267

 

 

 

107,838

 

 

 

189,720

 

 

 

283,655

 

 

 

424,086

 

 

 

424,086

 

 

 

424,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

424,086

 

Other liabilities

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

33,029

 

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

11,567

 

 

 

80,971

 

Total liabilities

 

 

360,016

 

 

 

402,587

 

 

 

484,469

 

 

 

586,433

 

 

 

763,239

 

 

 

763,239

 

 

 

763,239

 

 

 

127,490

 

 

 

890,729

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

169,172

 

 

 

169,172

 

Total liabilities and

   stockholders' equity

 

$

360,016

 

 

$

402,587

 

 

$

484,469

 

 

$

586,433

 

 

$

763,239

 

 

$

763,239

 

 

$

763,239

 

 

$

296,662

 

 

$

1,059,901

 

Asset/liability gap

 

$

(226,375

)

 

$

(234,038

)

 

$

(242,529

)

 

$

(164,195

)

 

$

147,460

 

 

$

216,707

 

 

$

216,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap/assets ratio

 

 

37.12

%

 

 

41.87

%

 

 

49.94

%

 

 

72.00

%

 

 

119.32

%

 

 

128.39

%

 

 

128.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, our asset/liability gap from zero days to one year was ($242.5) million, resulting in a gap/assets ratio of 49.94%.

61


 

The following table sets forth our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2017, which are anticipated to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown based upon certain assumptions. The amounts of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments. The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Time to Repricing

 

 

 

Zero to

90 Days

 

 

Zero to

180 Days

 

 

Zero Days

to One

Year

 

 

Zero Days

to Two

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

 

 

Zero Days

to Five

Years

Plus

 

 

Total

Earning

Assets &

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Non

Earning

Assets &

Non

Costing

Liabilities

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

   in banks

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

34,979

 

 

$

24,745

 

 

$

59,724

 

Securities

 

 

4,124

 

 

 

7,714

 

 

 

14,876

 

 

 

25,407

 

 

 

29,234

 

 

 

29,234

 

 

 

29,234

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

28,897

 

Net loans (includes

   LHFS)

 

 

56,623

 

 

 

108,029

 

 

 

191,573

 

 

 

321,571

 

 

 

738,534

 

 

 

798,834

 

 

 

798,834

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

798,703

 

FHLB Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,511

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

36,684

 

 

 

36,687

 

Total

 

$

95,726

 

 

$

150,722

 

 

$

241,428

 

 

$

381,957

 

 

$

804,261

 

 

$

864,561

 

 

$

864,561

 

 

$

60,961

 

 

$

925,522

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-maturity deposits

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

207,452

 

 

$

96,472

 

 

$

303,924

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

40,874

 

 

 

80,015

 

 

 

158,836

 

 

 

241,656

 

 

 

407,800

 

 

 

410,061

 

 

 

410,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

410,061

 

Other liabilities

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

29,400

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

 

10,352

 

 

 

46,752

 

Total liabilities

 

 

268,326

 

 

 

307,467

 

 

 

386,288

 

 

 

469,108

 

 

 

635,252

 

 

 

646,913

 

 

 

653,913

 

 

 

106,824

 

 

 

760,737

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,785

 

 

 

164,785

 

Total liabilities and

   stockholders' equity

 

$

268,326

 

 

$

307,467

 

 

$

386,288

 

 

$

469,108

 

 

$

635,252

 

 

$

646,913

 

 

$

653,913

 

 

$

271,609

 

 

$

925,522

 

Asset/liability gap

 

$

(172,600

)

 

$

(156,745

)

 

$

(144,860

)

 

$

(87,151

)

 

$

169,009

 

 

$

217,648

 

 

$

210,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap/assets ratio

 

 

35.68

%

 

 

49.02

%

 

 

62.50

%

 

 

81.42

%

 

 

126.61

%

 

 

133.64

%

 

 

132.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, our asset/liability gap from zero days to one year was ($144.9) million, resulting in a gap/assets ratio of 62.50%.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net interest income and net economic value tables presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the net interest income and NPV tables provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and NPV and will differ from actual results. Furthermore, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of changes in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the gap table.

Interest rate risk calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, deposits and borrowings.

62


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities and proceeds from the sale of loans. We also have the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had $44.4 million and $16.4 million, respectively, of term and overnight outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and also had a guarantee from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York through a standby letter of credit of $7.6 million.  At December 31, 2018, we had eligible collateral of approximately $280.4 million in mortgage loans available to secure advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.  We also have an unsecured line of credit of $25.0 million outstanding with Zions Bank, of which $25.0 million was outstanding at December 31, 2018.  We did not have any outstanding securities sold under repurchase agreements with brokers as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Although maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and interest-bearing deposits in banks. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.9 million and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net cash (used in) investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the purchases of securities, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from maturing securities and pay downs on mortgage-backed securities, was $(126.6) million and $(135.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting of activities in deposit accounts and proceeds from the 2017 stock offering, was $128.8 million and $175.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

We are committed to maintaining an adequate liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Based on our deposit retention experience and current pricing strategy, we anticipate that a significant portion of maturing time deposits will be retained.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements, and we were categorized as well capitalized at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Management is not aware of any conditions or events since the most recent notification that would change our category.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans, commitments under lines of credit, and standby letters of credit totaling $104.5 million and $94.8 million, respectively. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current lending commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from December 31, 2018 totaled $189.7 million. Management expects that a substantial portion of the maturing time deposits will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits is not retained, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank advances, unsecured credit lines with correspondent banks, or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Information regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Management of Market Risk.”

 

 

63


 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

65

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

66

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2018,  2017, and 2016

67

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

68

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

69

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

70

 

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of PDL Community Bancorp

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Mazars USA LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

 

New York, New York

March 22, 2019    

 

65


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks (Note 2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

45,225

 

 

$

24,746

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

24,553

 

 

 

34,978

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

69,778

 

 

 

59,724

 

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value (Note 3)

 

 

27,144

 

 

 

28,897

 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses - 2018 $12,659; 2017 $11,071 (Note 4)

 

 

918,509

 

 

 

798,703

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

3,795

 

 

 

3,335

 

Premises and equipment, net (Note 5)

 

 

31,135

 

 

 

27,172

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (FHLB), at cost

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

1,511

 

Deferred tax assets (Note 8)

 

 

3,811

 

 

 

3,909

 

Other assets

 

 

2,814

 

 

 

2,271

 

Total assets

 

$

1,059,901

 

 

$

925,522

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (Note 6)

 

$

809,758

 

 

$

713,985

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

63

 

 

 

42

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

6,037

 

 

 

5,025

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others (Note 7)

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

36,400

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5,467

 

 

 

5,285

 

Total liabilities

 

 

890,729

 

 

 

760,737

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 50,000,000  shares authorized; 18,463,028 shares issued and

   outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

185

 

 

 

185

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

84,581

 

 

 

84,351

 

Retained earnings

 

 

98,813

 

 

 

94,855

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 14)

 

 

(8,135

)

 

 

(7,851

)

Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) shares; 627,251 shares (Note 9)

 

 

(6,272

)

 

 

(6,755

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

169,172

 

 

 

164,785

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,059,901

 

 

$

925,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans receivable

 

$

44,948

 

 

$

38,172

 

 

$

32,660

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities and FHLB stock

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

817

 

 

 

1,081

 

Total interest and dividend income

 

 

46,156

 

 

 

38,989

 

 

 

33,741

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on certificates of deposit

 

 

7,617

 

 

 

5,917

 

 

 

5,502

 

Interest on other deposits

 

 

974

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

427

 

Interest on borrowings

 

 

899

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

7

 

Total interest expense

 

 

9,490

 

 

 

6,783

 

 

 

5,936

 

Net interest income

 

 

36,666

 

 

 

32,206

 

 

 

27,805

 

Provision for loan losses (recovery) (Note 4)

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

(57

)

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

35,417

 

 

 

30,490

 

 

 

27,862

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

 

845

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

938

 

Brokerage commissions

 

 

533

 

 

 

547

 

 

 

515

 

Late and prepayment charges

 

 

606

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

302

 

Other

 

 

954

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

676

 

Total noninterest income

 

 

2,938

 

 

 

3,104

 

 

 

2,431

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

17,939

 

 

 

17,109

 

 

 

14,979

 

Occupancy expense

 

 

6,673

 

 

 

5,825

 

 

 

5,651

 

Data processing expenses

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

1,617

 

Direct loan expenses

 

 

788

 

 

 

739

 

 

 

860

 

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

 

369

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

464

 

Office supplies, telephone and postage

 

 

1,309

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

1,071

 

FDIC deposit insurance assessment

 

 

272

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

538

 

Charitable foundation contributions

 

 

 

 

 

6,293

 

 

 

 

Professional fees

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

959

 

Marketing and promotional expenses

 

 

215

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

198

 

Directors fees

 

 

277

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

288

 

Regulatory dues

 

 

238

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

231

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

1,007

 

Total noninterest expense

 

 

34,557

 

 

 

36,557

 

 

 

27,863

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

3,798

 

 

 

(2,963

)

 

 

2,430

 

Provision for income taxes (Note 8)

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

1,424

 

 

 

1,005

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(4,387

)

 

$

1,425

 

Earnings per share: (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

N/A

 

Diluted

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(4,387

)

 

$

1,425

 

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (losses)

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

309

 

Expense (benefit) due to enactment of federal tax reform

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

Income tax effect

 

 

19

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(105

)

Unrealized gains on securities, net

 

 

(70

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

204

 

Pension benefit liability adjustment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) during the period

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

(2,006

)

 

 

456

 

Expense (benefit) due to the enactment of federal tax reform

 

 

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of stranded income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(1,281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax effect

 

 

(301

)

 

 

(732

)

 

 

(155

)

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(1,546

)

 

 

301

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(284

)

 

 

(1,601

)

 

 

505

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

2,393

 

 

$

(5,988

)

 

$

1,930

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

68


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Loss

 

 

of ESOP

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

97,817

 

 

$

(6,755

)

 

$

 

 

$

91,062

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,425

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

505

 

 

 

 

 

 

505

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,242

 

 

 

(6,250

)

 

 

 

 

 

92,992

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,387

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,387

)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,601

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,601

)

Issuance of common stock, $0.01 par value; to the mutual

   holding company

 

 

9,545,387

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

Issuance of common stock, $0.01 par value; for initial

   public offering, net of costs of $4,988

 

 

8,308,362

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

78,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,095

 

Issuance of common stock, $0.01 par value; to The

   Ponce De Leon Foundation

 

 

609,279

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,093

 

Unallocated ESOP- 723,751 shares , $0.01 par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,238

)

 

 

(7,238

)

ESOP shares committed to be released (48,250 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

735

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

 

18,463,028

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

84,351

 

 

$

94,855

 

 

$

(7,851

)

 

$

(6,755

)

 

$

164,785

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,677

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

 

 

 

997

 

Reclassification of stranded income tax effects from

   accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

(1,281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESOP shares committed to be released (48,250 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

615

 

Restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

Stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

18,463,028

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

84,581

 

 

$

98,813

 

 

$

(8,135

)

 

$

(6,272

)

 

$

169,172

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

69


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(4,387

)

 

$

1,425

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of premiums on securities, net

 

 

10

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

11

 

Loss on sale of loans

 

 

54

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

13

 

(Gain) loss on sale of available-for-sale securities

 

 

(12

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Provision for (recovery from) loan losses

 

 

1,249

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

(57

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,798

 

 

 

1,625

 

 

 

1,679

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

129

 

ESOP compensation expense

 

 

615

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charitable foundation contribution expense

 

 

 

 

 

6,093

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

126

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in accrued interest receivable

 

 

(460

)

 

 

(628

)

 

 

(39

)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

 

(371

)

 

 

38

 

 

 

175

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable

 

 

21

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(8

)

Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

2,390

 

 

 

3,313

 

 

 

893

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

7,885

 

 

 

8,646

 

 

 

4,343

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from redemption of FHLB Stock

 

 

 

 

 

9,364

 

 

 

1,890

 

Purchases of FHLB Stock

 

 

(1,404

)

 

 

(9,909

)

 

 

(1,692

)

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

 

(4,996

)

 

 

 

 

 

(25,914

)

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

 

 

3,760

 

 

 

20,374

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal repayments on available-for-sale securities

 

 

2,902

 

 

 

3,276

 

 

 

55,556

 

Proceeds from sales of loans

 

 

6,885

 

 

 

2,967

 

 

 

4,386

 

Net increase in loans

 

 

(127,994

)

 

 

(159,201

)

 

 

(77,669

)

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(5,761

)

 

 

(2,769

)

 

 

(530

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(126,608

)

 

 

(135,898

)

 

 

(43,893

)

 

70


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

$

95,773

 

 

$

70,907

 

 

$

43,572

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

78,191

 

 

 

 

Funds loaned to the ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

(7,238

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from advances

 

 

271,027

 

 

 

646,400

 

 

 

280,000

 

Repayments of advances

 

 

(238,023

)

 

 

(613,000

)

 

 

(285,000

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

128,777

 

 

 

175,260

 

 

 

38,572

 

Net increase (decrease)  in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

10,054

 

 

 

48,008

 

 

 

(978

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

59,724

 

 

 

11,716

 

 

 

12,694

 

Ending

 

$

69,778

 

 

$

59,724

 

 

$

11,716

 

Supplemental Disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

9,469

 

 

$

6,821

 

 

$

5,944

 

Income taxes

 

$

549

 

 

$

1,474

 

 

$

1,280

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to loans held for sale

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,239

 

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans

 

$

 

 

$

2,143

 

 

$

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock to the Ponce De Leon Foundation

 

$

 

 

$

6,093

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71


 

PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation:

 

The consolidated financial statements of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) presented herein have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary Ponce Bank (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.  The Bank’s subsidiaries consist of PFS Service Corp., which owns some of the Bank’s real property, and Ponce De Leon Mortgage Corp., which is a mortgage banking entity.  All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reorganization and Stock Issuance:

On September 29, 2017, Ponce De Leon Federal Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure with a mid-tier stock holding company.  The Company sold 8,308,362 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share, including 723,751 shares purchased by the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”).  In addition, the Company issued 9,545,387 shares to Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, the Company’s mutual holding company parent (the “MHC”) and 609,279 shares to The Ponce De Leon Foundation (“Foundation”), a charitable foundation that was formed in connection with the stock offering and is dedicated to supporting charitable organizations operating in the Bank’s local community.  A total of 18,463,028 shares of common stock were outstanding following the completion of the stock offering. As a result of the reorganization, the reporting entity changed from Ponce De Leon Federal Bank to PDL Community Bancorp.

The direct costs of the Company’s stock offering of $4,988 were deferred and deducted from the proceeds of the offering.

 

Nature of Operations:

 

The Bank is a federally chartered savings association headquartered in the Bronx, New York.  Ponce De Leon Federal Bank was originally chartered in 1960 as a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association under the name Ponce De Leon Federal Savings and Loan Association.  In 1985, it changed its name to “Ponce De Leon Federal Savings Bank.”  In 1997, it changed its name again to “Ponce De Leon Federal Bank.”  Upon the completion of its reorganization into the MHC, the assets and liabilities of Ponce De Leon Federal Bank were transferred to and assumed by the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings association, owned 100% by PDL Community Bancorp and known as and conducting business under the name “Ponce Bank.” The Bank will continue to be subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).              

 

The Bank’s business is conducted through the administrative office and 13 branch offices.  The banking offices are located in the Bronx, Manhattan, Queens and Brooklyn, New York and Union City, New Jersey.  The primary market area currently consists of the New York City metropolitan area.

 

The Bank’s business primarily consists of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in mortgage loans, consisting of one-to-four family residential (both investor-owned and owner-occupied), multifamily residential, nonresidential properties and construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, in business and consumer loans. The Bank also invests in securities, which have historically consisted of U.S. government and federal agency securities and securities issued by government-sponsored or owned enterprises, as well as, mortgage-backed securities and Federal Home Loan Bank stock. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including demand, savings, money markets and certificates of deposit accounts.

 

The following is a summary of the Company's significant accounting policies:

 

Use of Estimates:  In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated statement of financial condition, and revenues and expenses for the reporting period.

72


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the valuation of loans held for sale, the valuation of deferred tax assets and investment securities, and the determination of pension benefit obligations.

 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk: Most of the Bank's activities are with customers located within New York City. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank's loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the local market conditions. Note 3 discusses the types of securities that the Bank invests in. Notes 4 and 11 discuss the types of lending that the Bank engages in, and other concentrations.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks (including items in process of clearing). For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Bank considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash flows from loans originated by the Bank, interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions, and deposits are reported net in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

Securities: Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date individual investment securities are acquired, and the appropriateness of such classification is reassessed at each statement of financial condition date.

 

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, if any, are classified as "held to maturity" and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities, if any, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, are classified as "available for sale" and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.  For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer.  Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.  For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the consolidated statement of income (loss) and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). 

 

The credit loss is defined as the difference between the discounted present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

 

Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific-identification method. The sale of a held-to-maturity security within three months of its maturity date or after collection of at least 85% of the principal outstanding at the time the security was acquired is considered a maturity for purposes of classification and disclosure.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB”).  Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts.  FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value.  Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.  

 

73


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Loans Receivable: Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at current unpaid principal balances, net of the allowance for loan losses and including net deferred loan origination fees and costs.

 

Interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the interest method without anticipating prepayments.  

 

A loan is moved to nonaccrual status in accordance with the Bank’s policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment. The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is generally discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 days past due unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due.  Past-due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.  All nonaccrual loans are considered impaired loans.  

 

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual are reversed against interest income.  Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or recorded against principal balances only, until qualifying for return to accrual.  Cash-basis interest recognition is only applied on nonaccrual loans with a sufficient collateral margin to ensure no doubt with respect to the collectability of principal.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and remain current for a period of time (typically six months) and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) and classified as impaired.

 

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

Impaired loans are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral, present value of cash flows, or the observable market price of the note.  Impairment measurement for all collateral dependent loans, excluding accruing TDR’s, is based on the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, if necessary.  A loan is considered collateral dependent if repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or the operation of the underlying collateral.  

 

When the Bank modifies a loan in a TDR, management evaluates for any possible impairment using either the discounted cash flows method, where the value of the modified loan is based on the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or by using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs, if repayment under the modified terms becomes doubtful.

74


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The general component covers non‑impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.  The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced over a rolling 12 quarter average period.  This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment.  These economic factors include consideration of the following:  levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and, effects of changes in credit concentrations.  

 

When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories reflecting individual borrower earnings, liquidity, leverage and cash flow, as well as the nature of underlying collateral. These risk categories and relevant risk characteristics are as follows:

Residential and Multifamily Mortgage Loans: The majority of loans at the Bank are secured by first mortgages. Residential and multifamily mortgage loans are typically underwritten at a loan-to-value ratio ranging from 65% to 90%. The primary risks involved in residential mortgages are the borrower’s loss of employment, or other significant event, that negatively impacts the source of repayment. Additionally, a serious decline in home values could jeopardize repayment in the event that the underlying collateral needs to be liquidated to pay off the loan.                        

 

Nonresidential Mortgage Loans: Nonresidential mortgage loans are primarily secured by commercial buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special purpose properties, including hotels, restaurants and nursing homes. These loans are typically underwritten at no more than 75% loan-to-value ratio. Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortization periods of 15 to 30 years, as well as balloon payments of 10 to 15 years, and terms which provide that the interest rates is adjusted on a 5 year schedule,

 

Construction and Land Loans: Construction real estate loans consist of vacant land and property that is in the process of improvement. Repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet improved for the planned development, there is the risk that government approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs. Construction real estate loans generally have terms of six months to two years during the construction period with fixed rates or interest rates based on a designated index.

 

Business Loans: Business loans are loans for commercial, corporate and business purposes, including issuing letters of credit. These loans are secured by business assets or may be unsecured and repayment is directly dependent on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the borrower’s ability to convert the assets to operating revenue.  They possess greater risk than most other types of loans because the repayment capacity of the borrower may become inadequate. Business loans generally have terms of five years to seven years or less and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially all such loans are backed by the personal guarantees of the owners of the business.

 

Consumer Loans: Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates than mortgage loans. The risk involved in consumer loans is the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. Consumer loans include passbook loans and other secured and unsecured loans that have been made for a variety of consumer purposes.

 

Loans Held for Sale: Loan sales occur from time to time as part of strategic business or regulatory compliance initiatives.  Loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by expected bid prices from potential investors. Loans are sold without recourse and servicing released. When a loan is transferred from portfolio to held for sale and the fair value is less than cost, a charge off is recorded against the allowance for loan loss. Subsequent declines in fair value, if any, are charged against earnings.

 

75


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when all of the components meet the definition of a participating interest and when control over the assets has been surrendered. A participating interest generally represents (1) a proportionate (pro rata) ownership interest in an entire financial asset, (2) a relationship where from the date of transfer all cash flows received from the entire financial asset are divided proportionately among the participating interest holders in an amount equal to their share of ownership, (3) the priority of cash flows has certain characteristics, including no reduction in priority, subordination of interest, or recourse to the transferor other than standard representation or warranties, and (4) no party has the right to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset unless all participating interest holders agree to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a clean-up call.

     

Premises and Equipment:  Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.

 

Depreciation is computed and charged to operations using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

 

 

Years

Building

 

39

Building improvements

 

15 - 39

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

3 - 10

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the improvements’ estimated economic lives or the related lease terms, including extensions expected to be exercised. Gains and losses on dispositions are recognized upon realization. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and improvements are capitalized.  Leasehold improvements in process are not amortized until the assets are placed in operation.  

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:  Long-lived assets, including premises and leasehold improvements are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If impairment is indicated by that review, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value through a charge to noninterest expense.

 

Other Real Estate Owned:  Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") represents properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure or other proceedings. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated disposal costs, at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost basis. After foreclosure, the properties are held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. Any write-down to fair value, at the time of transfer to OREO, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Properties are evaluated regularly to ensure that the recorded amounts are supported by current fair values and charges against earnings are recorded as necessary to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, less estimated costs to dispose. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized, subject to the limit of fair value of the OREO, while costs relating to holding the property are expensed. Gains or losses are included in operations upon disposal.

76


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes:  The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no liabilities recorded related to uncertain tax positions. Income tax returns filed for years before 2015 are no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal, state or local tax authorities.

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, would be classified as additional provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

Related Party Transactions:  Directors and officers of the Company and their affiliates have been customers of and have had transactions with the Company, and it is expected that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. Management believes that all deposit accounts, loans, services and commitments comprising such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other customers who are not directors or officers. In the opinion of management, the transactions with related parties did not involve more than normal risk of collectability, nor favored treatment or terms, nor present other unfavorable features. Note 15 contains details regarding related party transactions.

Defined Benefit Plan:  The noncontributory defined benefit pension plan was effectively frozen on May 31, 2007. The funding policy is to contribute annually the amounts sufficient to meet the minimum funding standards established by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and such additional amounts as determined by management based on actuary recommendations.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:  Compensation expense is recorded as shares are committed to be released with a corresponding credit to unearned ESOP equity account at the average fair market value of the shares during the period and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations.  Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the service period based upon management’s estimate of the number of shares expected to be allocated by the ESOP.  The difference between the average fair market value and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in-capital. Unallocated common shares held by the Company’s ESOP are shown as a reduction in stockholders’ equity and are excluded from weighted-average common shares outstanding for both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations until they are committed to be released.

77


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock Options:  The Company recognizes the value of shared-based payment transactions as compensation costs in the financial statements over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award.  The fair value of the share-based payments for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur during the period.

Restricted Stock Units:  The Company recognizes compensation cost related to restricted stock units based on the market price of the stock units at the grant date over the vesting period.  The product of the number of units granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determines the fair value of restricted stock units. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of the restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Comprehensive Income (Loss):  Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss) which are both recognized as separate components of equity.  Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and unrecognized gains and losses on actuarial loss and prior service cost of the defined benefit plan.

Loss Contingencies:  Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management does not believe there are now such matters that will have a material effect on the operations and financial position of the Company.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:  Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 12.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items.  Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

 

Segment Reporting:  While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis.  Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregate in one reportable operating segment.

 

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off‑balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs.  The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.  

 

Earnings per Share (EPS):  Basic EPS represents net income attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, plus the effect of potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

 

As an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, the Company has elected to use the extended transition period to delay the adoption of new or reissued accounting pronouncements applicable to public business entities until such pronouncements are made applicable to nonpublic business entities.  As of December 31, 2018, there is no significant difference in the comparability of the consolidated financial statements as a result of this extended transition period.

78


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”, that amended guidance on revenue recognition from contracts with customers. The standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most contract revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the amended guidance reportedly is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amended guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, for public business entities.  As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it adopted the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.   The Bank’s primary source of revenue is interest income on financial assets and income from mortgage banking activities, which are explicitly excluded from the scope of the new guidance.  As a result, the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10) Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.”  The update requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. It addresses the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. The amendment eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. It requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. Financial assets and financial liabilities are to be presented separately by measurement category and form of financial asset and the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities should be evaluated with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU requires all lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset, measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments, at the lease commencement date. Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged under the new guidance. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.

 

The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements. To date, the Company has identified its leased office spaces as within the scope of the guidance. The Company currently leases six branches and the new guidance will result in the establishment of a right to use asset and corresponding lease obligations. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the guidance, including determining whether other contracts exist that are deemed to be in scope and subsequent related accounting standard updates. The Company has established a project committee and has initiated training on ASU 2016-02.

 

 

 

79


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” The reported objective of this ASU is to simplify accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Under the update, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies (including tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards) should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement. The tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. An entity also should recognize excess tax benefits regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period.

 

An entity can make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest (current accounting) or account for forfeitures when they occur. Within the statement of cash flows, excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity, and cash paid by an employer when directly withholding shares for tax-withholding purposes should be classified as a financing activity. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it adopted the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU reportedly significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard is to replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, is to apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also reportedly simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt, securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, we will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within  fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Entities have to apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach).

Although early adoption is permitted, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The Company has begun its evaluation of the amended guidance including the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements. As a result of the required change in approach toward determining estimated credit losses from the current “incurred loss” model to one based on estimated cash flows over a loan’s contractual life, adjusted for prepayments (a “life of loan” model), the Company expects that the new guidance will result in an increase in the allowance for loan losses, particularly for longer duration loan portfolios. The Company also expects that the new guidance may result in an allowance for debt securities. The Company is evaluating various CECL models and training is being provided. In both cases, the extent of the change is indeterminable at this time as it will be dependent upon portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date, as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

 

80


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.”  This ASU reportedly is intended to reduce diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statements of cash flows.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, for public business entities. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. A retrospective transition method should be applied to each period presented, unless it is impracticable to apply the amendments retrospectively for some of the issues, then the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable.  The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” The ASU amended the current standard to add or clarify guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company has not adopted this update and does not expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.”  The ASU requires that an employer report the service cost component with other compensation cost arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period.  The amendment also requires the components of net benefit cost to be presented separately in the income statement from the service cost component and not within income from operations.  ASU 2017-07 is effective for interim and annual reporting for public business entities beginning after December 15, 2017. As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, “Receivables – Non-Refundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20):  Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.”  The ASU requires premiums on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date.  The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount; the discount continues to be amortized to maturity.  ASU 2017-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public business entities.  Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020.  ASU 2017-08 will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Scope of Modification Accounting,” which clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications. The new guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of the standard does not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”  This amendment allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.  This amendment is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has elected to early adopt this standard as of December 31, 2018 and reclassified $1,281 from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as presented in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

81


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Disclosure Framework- Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Among the changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy but will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework –Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.”  The amendments in this update modify the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans, including, but not limited to the removal of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year.  The update also added and clarified certain disclosure requirements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020, for public business entities.  As the Company is taking advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards assuming it remains an EGC, it will adopt the amendments in this update for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2021.  The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operation.

 

Note 2.Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks

 

The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits. The Bank had $44,717 and $24,334 in cash to cover its minimum reserve requirements of $4,375 and $23,870 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Note 3. Available-for-Sale Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agencies

 

$

20,924

 

 

$

 

 

$

(409

)

 

$

20,515

 

U.S Treasury

 

 

4,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

4,995

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

759

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

870

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

$

27,569

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

(430

)

 

$

27,144

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gains

 

 

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agencies

 

$

24,911

 

 

$

 

 

$

(359

)

 

$

24,552

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

1,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

1,103

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

$

29,234

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

(375

)

 

$

28,897

 

82


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

Note 3. Available-for-Sale-Securities (Continued)

 

There were no investments that were classified as held to maturity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. There were $3,760 in sales of investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2018 and $20,411 in sales of investment securities in 2017.

The following tables present the Company's securities' gross unrealized losses and fair values, aggregated by the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Securities With Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

Less Than

12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agencies

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

(409

)

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

(409

)

US Treasury

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

(2

)

Mortgage-Backed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

759

 

 

 

(19

)

GNMA Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,995

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

21,274

 

 

$

(428

)

 

$

26,269

 

 

$

(430

)

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Securities With Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

Less Than

12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

 

Value

 

 

Loss

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agencies

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

(359

)

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

(359

)

Mortgage-Backed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

(15

)

GNMA Certificates

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

$

2,299

 

 

$

(16

)

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

(359

)

 

$

26,851

 

 

$

(375

)

 

The Company’s investment portfolio had 12 and 33 investment securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had 11 and 14 securities, respectively, with a gross unrealized loss position.  Management reviewed the financial condition of the entities underlying the securities at both December 31, 2018 and 2017 and determined that they are not other than temporary because the unrealized losses in those securities relate to market interest rate changes. In addition, the Company has the ability to hold them and does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities, before recovery of the cost basis. In addition, management also considers the issuers of the securities to be financially sound and believes the Company will receive all contractual principal and interest related to these investments.

 

83


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 3. Available-for-Sale-Securities (Continued)

The following is a summary of maturities of securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Amounts are shown by contractual maturity. Because borrowers of the underlying collateral for mortgage-backed securities have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties, at any time, these securities are included as a total within the table.

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agency Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

4,997

 

 

$

4,995

 

After three months through one year

 

 

4,554

 

 

 

4,497

 

After one year through five years

 

 

16,370

 

 

 

16,018

 

 

 

 

25,921

 

 

 

25,510

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

1,648

 

 

 

1,634

 

Total

 

$

27,569

 

 

$

27,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

U.S. Government and Federal Agency Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

 

 

$

 

After three months through one year

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

1,977

 

After one year through five years

 

 

22,921

 

 

 

22,575

 

 

 

 

24,911

 

 

 

24,552

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

4,323

 

 

 

4,345

 

Total

 

$

29,234

 

 

$

28,897

 

 

 

There were no securities pledged at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

Loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Mortgage loans:

 

 

 

1-4 family residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

303,197

 

 

$

287,158

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

92,788

 

 

 

100,854

 

Multifamily residential

 

 

232,509

 

 

 

188,550

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

196,917

 

 

 

151,193

 

Construction and land

 

 

87,572

 

 

 

67,240

 

Nonmortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business loans

 

 

15,710

 

 

 

12,873

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

 

929,761

 

 

 

808,754

 

Net deferred loan origination costs

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

1,020

 

Allowance for losses on loans

 

 

(12,659

)

 

 

(11,071

)

Loans, net

 

$

918,509

 

 

$

798,703

 

84


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

The Company's lending activities are conducted principally in New York City. The Company primarily grants loans secured by real estate to individuals and businesses. Although collateral provides assurance as a secondary source of repayment, the Bank ordinarily requires the primary source of repayment to be based on the borrowers' ability to generate continuing cash flows.  The Company has established credit policies applicable to each type of lending activity in which it engages. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of each customer and, in most cases, extends credit up to 75% of the market value of the collateral at the date of the credit extension, depending on the borrowers' creditworthiness and the type of collateral. The market value of collateral is monitored on an ongoing basis and additional collateral is obtained when warranted. Real estate is the primary form of collateral. Other important forms of collateral are time deposits and marketable securities.

 

For disclosures related to the allowance for loan losses and credit quality, the Company does not have any disaggregated classes of loans below the segment level.

 

Credit-Quality Indicators: The Company utilizes internally assigned risk ratings as its credit-quality indicators, which are reviewed by management on a quarterly basis.

 

The objectives of the Company’s risk-rating system are to provide the Board of Directors and senior management with an objective assessment of the overall quality of the loan portfolio, to promptly and accurately identify loans with well-defined credit weaknesses so that timely action can be taken to minimize credit loss, to identify relevant trends affecting the collectability of the loan portfolio, to isolate potential problem areas and to provide essential information for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Below are the definitions of the Company's internally assigned risk ratings:

 

Strong Pass – Loans to new or existing borrowers collateralized at least 90 percent by an unimpaired deposit account at the Company.  

 

Good Pass – A loan to a new or existing borrower in a well-established enterprise in excellent financial condition with strong liquidity and a history of consistently high level of earnings, cash flow and debt service capacity.

 

Satisfactory Pass – Loan to a new or existing borrower of average strength with acceptable financial condition, satisfactory record of earnings and sufficient historical and projected cash flow to service the debt.  

 

 

Performance Pass – Existing loans that evidence strong payment history but document less than average strength, financial condition, record of earnings, or projected cash flows with which to service debt.  

 

Special Mention – Loans in this category are currently protected but show one or more potential weaknesses and risks which may inadequately protect collectability or borrower’s ability to meet repayment terms at some future date if the weakness is not checked or corrected.

 

Substandard – Loans that are inadequately protected by the repayment capacity of the borrower or the current sound net worth of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans in this category have well defined weaknesses and risks that jeopardize the repayment.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

 

Doubtful – Loans that have all the weaknesses of loans classified as “Substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.  

 

85


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Loans within the top four categories above are considered pass rated, as commonly defined.  Risk ratings are assigned as necessary to differentiate risk within the portfolio. They are reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised to reflect changes in the borrowers’ financial condition and outlook, debt service coverage capability, repayment performance, collateral value and coverage as well as other considerations.

 

The following tables present credit risk ratings by loan segment as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Family

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Loans

 

Risk Rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

383,123

 

 

$

231,422

 

 

$

195,327

 

 

$

71,438

 

 

$

14,324

 

 

$

1,068

 

 

$

896,702

 

Special mention

 

 

3,728

 

 

 

775

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,505

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,394

 

Substandard

 

 

9,134

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

7,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,665

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

395,985

 

 

$

232,509

 

 

$

196,917

 

 

$

87,572

 

 

$

15,710

 

 

$

1,068

 

 

$

929,761

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Family

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Loans

 

Risk Rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

370,629

 

 

$

188,030

 

 

$

148,253

 

 

$

59,914

 

 

$

12,726

 

 

$

886

 

 

$

780,438

 

Special mention

 

 

4,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,317

 

Substandard

 

 

12,716

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

6,676

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,999

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

388,012

 

 

$

188,550

 

 

$

151,193

 

 

$

67,240

 

 

$

12,873

 

 

$

886

 

 

$

808,754

 

 

An aging analysis of loans, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

 

60-89

 

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

 

Days

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Total

 

 

Loans

 

 

Accruing

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

296,188

 

 

$

6,539

 

 

$

470

 

 

$

 

 

$

303,197

 

 

$

1,258

 

 

$

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

89,610

 

 

 

1,609

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

92,788

 

 

 

3,079

 

 

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

231,514

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

232,509

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

195,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

196,917

 

 

 

1,310

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

87,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,572

 

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

15,418

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

917,231

 

 

$

9,435

 

 

$

1,048

 

 

$

2,047

 

 

$

929,761

 

 

$

6,778

 

 

$

 

 

86


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

 

60-89

 

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

 

Days

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Total

 

 

Loans

 

 

Accruing

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor-Owned

 

$

285,485

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

 

 

$

472

 

 

$

287,158

 

 

$

2,178

 

 

$

7

 

Owner-Occupied

 

 

96,878

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,391

 

 

 

100,854

 

 

 

5,317

 

 

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

188,504

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188,550

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

149,300

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,882

 

 

 

151,193

 

 

 

2,170

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

67,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,240

 

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

12,583

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

12,873

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

800,876

 

 

$

2,082

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,796

 

 

$

808,754

 

 

$

11,408

 

 

$

7

 

 

 

The following schedules detail the composition of the allowance for loan losses and the related investment in loans as of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

For the

Period

 

Allowances for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,716

 

 

$

1,402

 

 

$

3,109

 

 

$

1,424

 

 

$

1,205

 

 

$

209

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,071

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

82

 

 

 

(444

)

 

 

720

 

 

 

492

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,249

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

Recoveries

 

 

1

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

387

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,799

 

 

$

1,208

 

 

$

3,829

 

 

$

1,925

 

 

$

1,631

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,659

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

349

 

 

$

234

 

 

$

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

618

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,450

 

 

 

974

 

 

 

3,829

 

 

 

1,890

 

 

 

1,631

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,041

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,799

 

 

$

1,208

 

 

$

3,829

 

 

$

1,925

 

 

$

1,631

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,659

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

6,452

 

 

$

6,525

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

2,750

 

 

$

1,108

 

 

$

374

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,225

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

296,745

 

 

 

86,263

 

 

 

232,493

 

 

 

194,167

 

 

 

86,464

 

 

 

15,336

 

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

912,536

 

Total

 

$

303,197

 

 

$

92,788

 

 

$

232,509

 

 

$

196,917

 

 

$

87,572

 

 

$

15,710

 

 

$

1,068

 

 

$

 

 

$

929,761

 

 

87


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

For the

Period

 

Allowances for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

3,147

 

 

$

1,804

 

 

$

2,705

 

 

$

1,320

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

597

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,205

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

544

 

 

 

(578

)

 

 

402

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

588

 

 

 

676

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,716

 

Losses charged-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,423

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,429

)

Recoveries

 

 

25

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

579

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

3,716

 

 

$

1,402

 

 

$

3,109

 

 

$

1,424

 

 

$

1,205

 

 

$

209

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,071

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

506

 

 

$

375

 

 

$

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

922

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,210

 

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

1,385

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,149

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,716

 

 

$

1,402

 

 

$

3,109

 

 

$

1,424

 

 

$

1,205

 

 

$

209

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,071

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

8,738

 

 

$

10,074

 

 

$

520

 

 

$

4,128

 

 

$

1,075

 

 

$

625

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

25,160

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

278,420

 

 

 

90,780

 

 

 

188,030

 

 

 

147,065

 

 

 

66,165

 

 

 

12,248

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

 

 

 

783,594

 

Total

 

$

287,158

 

 

$

100,854

 

 

$

188,550

 

 

$

151,193

 

 

$

67,240

 

 

$

12,873

 

 

$

886

 

 

$

 

 

$

808,754

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1-4

Family

Investor

Owned

 

 

1-4

Family

Owner

Occupied

 

 

Multifamily

 

 

Nonresidential

 

 

Construction

and Land

 

 

Business

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

For the

Period

 

Allowances for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

2,842

 

 

$

2,127

 

 

$

1,994

 

 

$

1,298

 

 

$

502

 

 

$

709

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,484

 

Provision charged to

   expense

 

 

325

 

 

 

(465

)

 

 

713

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

(845

)

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

Losses charged-off

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(139

)

Recoveries

 

 

18

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

733

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

917

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

3,147

 

 

$

1,804

 

 

$

2,705

 

 

$

1,320

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

597

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,205

 

Ending balance: individually

   evaluated for impairment

 

$

383

 

 

$

719

 

 

$

 

 

$

261

 

 

$

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,373

 

Ending balance: collectively

   evaluated for impairment

 

 

2,764

 

 

 

1,085

 

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

587

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,832

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,147

 

 

$

1,804

 

 

$

2,705

 

 

$

1,320

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

597

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,205

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:

   individually evaluated

   for impairment

 

$

8,471

 

 

$

9,385

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,459

 

 

$

1,145

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

26,075

 

Ending balance:

   collectively evaluated

   for impairment

 

 

218,938

 

 

 

88,246

 

 

 

158,200

 

 

 

115,041

 

 

 

29,195

 

 

 

15,104

 

 

 

843

 

 

 

 

 

 

625,567

 

Total

 

$

227,409

 

 

$

97,631

 

 

$

158,200

 

 

$

121,500

 

 

$

30,340

 

 

$

15,719

 

 

$

843

 

 

$

 

 

$

651,642

 

 

Loans are considered impaired when current information and events indicate all amounts due may not be collectable according to the contractual terms of the related loan agreements. Impaired loans, including TDR’s, are identified by applying normal loan review procedures in accordance with the Allowance for Loan Loss methodology. Management periodically assesses loans to determine whether impairment exists. Any loan that is, or will potentially be, no longer performing in accordance with the terms of the original loan contract is evaluated to determine impairment.

88


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following information relates to impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest

Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

December 31, 2018

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on Cash Basis

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

12,985

 

 

$

7,080

 

 

$

5,898

 

 

$

12,978

 

 

$

583

 

 

$

15,163

 

 

$

758

 

Multifamily

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

3

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

2,748

 

 

 

2,270

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

2,750

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

3,230

 

 

 

172

 

Construction and land

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

374

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

454

 

 

 

22

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

17,238

 

 

$

10,847

 

 

$

6,378

 

 

$

17,225

 

 

$

618

 

 

$

19,977

 

 

$

955

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest

Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

December 31, 2017

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on Cash Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

20,036

 

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

8,161

 

 

$

18,811

 

 

$

506

 

 

$

18,512

 

 

$

890

 

Multifamily

 

 

533

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

4,729

 

 

 

3,633

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

4,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,231

 

 

 

166

 

Construction and land

 

 

1,233

 

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

667

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

594

 

 

 

24

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

27,198

 

 

$

16,408

 

 

$

8,752

 

 

$

25,160

 

 

$

922

 

 

$

25,545

 

 

$

1,080

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Contractual

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Interest

Income

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Related

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recognized

 

December 31, 2016

 

Balance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Investment

 

 

on Cash Basis

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

19,367

 

 

$

7,507

 

 

$

10,349

 

 

$

17,856

 

 

$

1,102

 

 

$

20,131

 

 

$

722

 

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

 

Nonresidential properties

 

 

7,096

 

 

 

3,897

 

 

 

2,562

 

 

 

6,459

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

6,541

 

 

 

235

 

Construction and land

 

 

1,241

 

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

 

Nonmortgage Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

672

 

 

 

605

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

748

 

 

 

24

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

28,376

 

 

$

13,154

 

 

$

12,921

 

 

$

26,075

 

 

$

1,373

 

 

$

28,641

 

 

$

981

 

 

 

89


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The loan portfolio also includes certain loans that have been modified in a TDR. Under applicable standards, TDRs occur when a creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial condition, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider, unless it results in a delay in payment that is insignificant. These concessions could include a reduction of interest rate on the loan, payment and maturity extensions, forbearance, or other actions intended to maximize collections. When a loan is modified in a TDR, management evaluates for any possible impairment using either the discounted cash flows method, where the value of the modified loan is based on the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, or by using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if repayment under the modified terms becomes doubtful. If management determines that the value of the modified loan in a TDR is less than the recorded investment in the loan, impairment is recognized through a specific allowance estimate or charge-off to the allowance for loan losses.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no loans restructured as a TDR. For the year ended December 31, 2017, there was one loan restructured as a TDR.      

 

 

 

Loans Restructured During

 

 

All TDRs with a payment

default within 12 months

following the

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-

 

 

Post-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification

 

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Number

 

 

at the Time

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

Balance

 

 

Balance

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Default

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family residential

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Combination of rate, maturity, other

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Restructured During

 

 

All TDRs with a payment

default within 12 months

following the

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-

 

 

Post-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification

 

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Recorded

 

 

Number

 

 

at the Time

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

Balance

 

 

Balance

 

 

of Loans

 

 

of Default

 

Mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Combination of rate, maturity, other

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

176

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, there were 40 troubled debt restructured loans, included in impaired loans, of $14,104.  At December 31, 2017, there were 49 troubled debt restructured loans, included in impaired loans, of $18,371. There were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The financial impact from the concessions made represents specific impairment reserves on these loans which aggregated $618 and $921 at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

90


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 5. Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Land

 

$

3,979

 

 

$

3,979

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

16,423

 

 

 

15,972

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

23,430

 

 

 

20,973

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

7,728

 

 

 

4,875

 

 

 

 

51,560

 

 

 

45,799

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(20,425

)

 

 

(18,627

)

 

 

$

31,135

 

 

$

27,172

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $1,798, $1,625 and $1,679 for the years ended December 31, 2018 2017, and 2016, respectively, and are included in occupancy expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

Note 6. Deposits

 

Deposits at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Demand

 

$

115,923

 

 

$

103,001

 

Interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW/IOLA accounts

 

 

30,783

 

 

 

27,758

 

Money market accounts

 

 

116,175

 

 

 

46,497

 

Savings accounts

 

 

122,791

 

 

 

126,668

 

Total  NOW, money market, and savings

 

 

269,749

 

 

 

200,923

 

Certificates of deposit of $250K or more

 

 

90,195

 

 

 

80,300

 

All other certificates of deposit

 

 

333,891

 

 

 

329,761

 

Total certificates of deposit

 

 

424,086

 

 

 

410,061

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

693,835

 

 

 

610,984

 

Total deposits

 

$

809,758

 

 

$

713,985

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows:

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2019

 

$

189,720

 

2020

 

 

93,935

 

2021

 

 

91,483

 

2022

 

 

41,422

 

2023

 

 

7,526

 

 

 

$

424,086

 

 

Overdrawn deposit accounts that have been reclassified to loans amounted to $241 and $174 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

91


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 7. Borrowings

FHLB Advances: The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. At December 31, 2018, the Bank had the ability to borrow from the FHLB based on a certain percentage of the value of the Bank's qualified collateral, as defined in the FHLB Statement of Credit Policy, at the time of the borrowing. In accordance with an agreement with the FHLB, the qualified collateral must be free and clear of liens, pledges and encumbrances.

The Bank had $44,404 and $16,400 of outstanding advances from the FHLB on term basis and an overnight line of credit basis at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  The Bank also had a guarantee from the FHLB through a standby letter of credit of $7,639 and $6,614 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  Additionally, the Bank had an unsecured fed funds line in the amount of $25,000 and $22,000 with a correspondent bank at December 31, 2018 and 2017, of which $25,000 and $20,000 were outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Borrowed funds at December 31, 2018 and 2017 consist of the following and are summarized by maturity and call date below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Scheduled

Maturity

 

 

Redeemable

at Call

Date

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

 

Scheduled

Maturity

 

 

Redeemable

at Call

Date

 

 

Weighted

Average

Rate

 

Correspondent bank overnight line of

   credit advance

$

25,000

 

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

2.64

%

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB term advances ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

8,029

 

 

 

8,029

 

 

 

2.86

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

2.11

 

2021

 

3,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

1.84

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

1.84

 

2022

 

5,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

1.97

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

1.97

 

2023

 

28,375

 

 

 

28,375

 

 

 

2.82

 

 

 

7,000

 

 

 

7,000

 

 

 

2.12

 

 

$

69,404

 

 

$

69,404

 

 

 

2.69

%

 

$

36,400

 

 

$

36,400

 

 

 

1.81

%

 

Interest expense on advances totaled $899, $210, and $8 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank has eligible collateral of approximately $280,457 and $66,254, respectively, in mortgage loans available to secure advances from the FHLB.

   

 

92


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 8. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 consists of the following:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

972

 

 

$

1,062

 

 

$

642

 

Deferred

 

 

37

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

1,029

 

State and local:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

333

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

237

 

Deferred

 

 

(1,011

)

 

 

(1,670

)

 

 

(754

)

 

 

 

(678

)

 

 

(1,268

)

 

 

(517

)

Changes in valuation allowance

 

 

790

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

493

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

1,121

 

 

$

1,424

 

 

$

1,005

 

 

Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% for 2018, and 34% for 2017 and 2016 to income before income taxes as a result of the following:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Income tax, at federal rate

 

$

799

 

 

$

(1,007

)

 

$

826

 

State and local tax, net of federal taxes

 

 

(536

)

 

 

(1,340

)

 

 

(341

)

Valuation allowance, net of the federal benefit

 

 

790

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

493

 

Expense (benefit) due to enactment of federal tax reform

 

 

 

 

 

2,113

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

68

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

$

1,121

 

 

$

1,424

 

 

$

1,005

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Government signed into law the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” which, starting in 2018, reduced the Company’s corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21%, but eliminates or increases certain permanent differences.  As of the date of enactment, the Company has adjusted its deferred tax assets and liabilities for the new statutory rate, which resulted in $2,113 income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address any uncertainty or diversity of views in practice in accounting for the income tax effects of the Act in situations where a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete this accounting in the reporting period that includes the enactment date.  SAB 118 allows for a measurement period, not to extend beyond one year from the Act’s enactment date, to complete the necessary accounting. All these matters were finalized in 2018 with no material impact to the Company’s federal income tax expense.

 

Management maintains a valuation allowance against its net New York State and New York City deferred tax as it is unlikely these deferred tax assets will impact the Company's tax liability in future years. The valuation allowance increased by $790, $1,606 and $493 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Management has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation allowance against any other deferred tax asset in accordance with GAAP since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be fully utilized in future periods. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income, and the projected future taxable income over the periods that the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible.

93


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits recorded. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.  

 

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, New York State income tax, New Jersey income tax, and New York City income tax. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company elected to early adopt ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The Company reclassified the income tax effects of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of approximately $1,281 from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as presented in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for losses on loans

 

$

3,939

 

 

$

3,444

 

Pension obligations

 

 

2,102

 

 

 

2,402

 

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

 

74

 

 

 

415

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

91

 

 

 

72

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

102

 

 

 

120

 

Deferred rent payable

 

 

153

 

 

 

194

 

Net operating losses

 

 

3,111

 

 

 

2,444

 

Charitable contribution carryforward

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

1,840

 

Other

 

 

235

 

 

 

162

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

11,501

 

 

 

11,093

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative contribution in excess of net periodic

   benefit costs, net

 

 

3,120

 

 

 

3,134

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

 

 

222

 

 

 

601

 

Deferred loan fees

 

 

438

 

 

 

317

 

Other

 

 

6

 

 

 

18

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

3,786

 

 

 

4,070

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

3,904

 

 

 

3,114

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

3,811

 

 

$

3,909

 

 

The deferred tax expense (benefit) has been allocated between operations and equity as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Equity

 

$

282

 

 

$

746

 

 

$

260

 

Operations

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(1,276

)

 

 

126

 

 

 

$

98

 

 

$

(530

)

 

$

386

 

 

94


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plan:

Effective January 1, 2007, the noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Old Pension Plan”) of the Company was replaced with a qualified defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) as noted in more detail below. The Old Pension Plan covered substantially all employees. Employees were eligible to participate after one year of service. Normal retirement age was 65, with an early retirement provided for at age 55. The Old Pension Plan was effectively frozen on May 31, 2007 (the curtailment date) and this resulted in an actuarial reassessment of the Old Pension Plan’s future estimated obligations. All participants that are presently vested with the Old Pension Plan will remain in the Old Pension Plan and will receive the full accrued benefit, as defined, upon retirement, in accordance with the plan document.

The following table sets forth the Old Pension Plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 using a measurement date as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

(14,244

)

 

$

(15,883

)

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

14,416

 

 

 

14,732

 

Funded status

 

$

172

 

 

$

(1,151

)

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

(14,244

)

 

$

(15,883

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Changes in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

$

15,883

 

 

$

14,142

 

Service cost

 

 

39

 

 

 

39

 

Interest cost

 

 

542

 

 

 

581

 

Interest rate change

 

 

(1,691

)

 

 

1,338

 

Mortality change

 

 

(41

)

 

 

1,906

 

(Gain)/ Loss

 

 

243

 

 

 

(1,345

)

Administrative cost

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(39

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(692

)

 

 

(739

)

End of period

 

$

14,244

 

 

$

15,883

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Changes in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

 

$

14,732

 

 

$

15,038

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

415

 

 

 

472

 

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan participant contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(692

)

 

 

(739

)

Administrative expenses paid

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(39

)

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

 

$

14,416

 

 

$

14,732

 

 

95


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

Pretax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which will be amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the coming years, consisted of the following components at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net loss

 

$

(9,856

)

 

$

(11,224

)

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Service cost

 

$

39

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

39

 

Interest cost

 

 

542

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

615

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(860

)

 

 

(839

)

 

 

(848

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

Amortization of (gain)/loss

 

 

299

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

248

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

45

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

79

 

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net benefit obligations consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Discount rate

 

4.25%

 

 

3.50%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net benefit cost consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Discount rate

 

3.50%

 

 

4.25%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

6.00%

 

 

6.00%

 

 

The expected rate of return on plan assets is estimated based on the plan’s historical performance of return on assets.

The investment policy for plan assets is to manage the portfolio to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing the return on the plan’s investment portfolio through the full investment of available funds. Plan assets are currently maintained in a guaranteed deposit account with Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, earning interest at rates that are determined at the beginning of each year.

Pension assets consist solely of funds on deposit in a guaranteed deposit account. The fair value of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $14,416 and $14,696, respectively.

The guaranteed deposit account is valued at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the creditworthiness of the issuer. Such fair value measurement is considered a Level 3 measurement.

96


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

Employer contributions and benefit payments for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Employer contribution

 

$

 

 

$

 

Benefits paid

 

$

692

 

 

$

739

 

 

Employee benefit payments expected to be paid in the future are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2019

 

$

714

 

2020

 

 

706

 

2021

 

 

700

 

2022

 

 

718

 

2023

 

 

700

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,569

 

 

 

$

7,107

 

 

401(k) Plan:

The Company also provides a qualified defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code was adopted. The 401(k) Plan qualifies under the Internal Revenue Service safe harbor provisions, as defined. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after completing one year of service. The 401(k) Plan provides for elective employee/participant deferrals of income. Discretionary matching, profit-sharing, and safe harbor contributions, not to exceed 4% of employee compensation and profit-sharing contributions may be provided. 401(k) expenses recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss) amounted to $363, $317 and $339 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

In connection with the reorganization, the Company established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees.  The ESOP borrowed $7,238 from the Company sufficient to purchase 723,751 shares (approximately 3.92% of the common stock sold in the stock offering).  The loan is secured by the shares purchased and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from contributions made by the Company and dividends received by the ESOP. Contributions will be applied to repay interest on the loan first, and then the remainder will be applied to principal.  The loan is expected to be repaid over a period of 15 years.  Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held by the trustee in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid.  Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account are allocated among participants in proportion to their compensation, relative to total compensation of all active participants, subject to applicable regulations.

Contributions to the ESOP are to be sufficient to pay principal and interest currently due under the loan agreement.  As shares are committed to be released from collateral, compensation expense equal to the average market price of the shares for the respective period are recognized, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations.  

97


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

A summary of the ESOP shares is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Shares committed-to-be released

 

 

48,250

 

 

 

48,250

 

Shares to be allocated to participants

 

 

48,250

 

 

 

 

Unallocated shares

 

 

627,251

 

 

 

675,501

 

Total

 

 

723,751

 

 

 

723,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of unearned shares

 

$

7,991

 

 

$

10,254

 

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017 we had $6,308 and $6,712 outstanding of funds borrowed for the ESOP, respectively.  We recognized $615 and $526 in compensation expense and $175 and $52 in interest expense, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:  

 

The Company maintains a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the benefit of one key executive.   The SERP expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) amounted to $61, $166, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016,respectively.

 

2018 Incentive Plan

 

The Company’s stockholders approved the PDL Community Bancorp 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2018 Incentive Plan”) at the Special Meeting of Stockholders on October 30, 2018.  The maximum number of shares of common stock which can be issued under the 2018 Incentive Plan is 1,248,469. Of the 1,248,469 shares, the maximum number of shares that may be awarded under the 2018 Incentive Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options is 891,764 shares (all of which may be granted as incentive stock options), and the number of shares of common stock that may be issued as restricted stock awards or restricted stock units is 356,705 shares.  However, the 2018 Incentive Plan contains a flex feature that provides that awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units in excess of the 356,705 share limitation may be granted but each share of stock covered by such excess award shall reduce the 891,764 share limitation for awards of stock options by 3.0 shares of common stock.  The Company converted 462,522 awards of stock options into 154,174 restricted stock units in 2018.

 

Under the 2018 Incentive Plan, the Company made grants equal to 674,645 shares on December 4, 2018 which include 119,176 incentive options to executive officers, 44,590 non-qualified options to outside directors, 40,000 restricted stock units to officers, 322,254 restricted stock units to executive officers and 148,625 shares of restricted stock units to outside directors.  Awards to directors generally vest 20% annually beginning with the first anniversary of the date of grant.  However, awards to a director with fewer than ten years of service as a director at the time of grant vest at a slower rate.  In addition, awards to a director with fewer than five years of service at the time of grant vest over a longer period and will not become fully vested until the director has completed ten years of service.  Awards to the executive officer who is not a director vest 20% annually beginning on December 4, 2020.  These awards vest at the earliest on December 4, 2019, and at the latest on December 4, 2025.  As of December 31, 2018, the maximum number of stock options and SARs and the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued as restricted stock or restricted stock units remaining to be awarded under the Incentive Plan was 265,476 and 0, respectively. If the 2018 Incentive Plan’s flex feature described above were fully utilized, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be awarded as restricted stock or restricted stock units would be 88,492, but would eliminate the availability of stock options and SARs available for award.

98


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

The product of the number of units granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determine the fair value of restricted stock units under the Company’s 2018 Incentive Plan. Management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.    

 

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock units awards activity and related information for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

Number

of Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Per Share

 

Non-vested, beginning of year

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

510,879

 

 

 

12.77

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31

 

 

510,879

 

 

 

12.77

 

 

Compensation expense relating to restricted stock units for the year December 31, 2018 was $91.

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option awards activity and related information for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

 

Average

Intrinsic

Value

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

163,766

 

 

 

12.77

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

 

163,766

 

 

$

12.77

 

 

$

 

Exercisable, end of year

 

 

 

 

$

12.77

 

 

$

 

 

Exercise price for options as of December 31, 2018 was $12.77 per share.  The weighted average remaining contractual life is 6.5 years.  There were no shares exercisable as of December 31, 2018. Total compensation cost related to stock options recognized was $7 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

Dividend yield

 

0.00%

 

Expected life

 

6.5 years

 

Expected volatility

 

20.15%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.74%

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

 

 

 

$

3.53

 

 

99


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 9. Compensation and Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

The expected volatility is based on blended rate of the trading history of the Company’s stock price in 2018.  The expected life is an estimate based in management’s review of the various factors. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.

 

Note 10. Earnings Per Share

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

For the Period

September 29,

through

December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net Income (loss)

$

2,677

 

 

$

(2,864

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares outstanding for basic EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

18,463,028

 

 

 

18,463,028

 

Less: Weighted average unallocated mployee Stock Ownership

   Plan (ESOP) shares

 

639,181

 

 

 

723,232

 

Basic weighted shares outstanding

 

17,823,847

 

 

 

17,739,796

 

Basic earnings per share

$

0.15

 

 

$

(0.16

)

Dilutive potential common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effect of restricted stock awards and

   stock options

 

9,119

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

17,832,966

 

 

 

17,739,796

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.15

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

 

(1)

The weighted average shares outstanding are calculated for the full periods presented and factor zero shares outstanding for the days prior to the conversion on September 29, 2017.

Note 11. Commitments, Contingencies and Credit Risk

 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk: In the normal course of business, financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk may be used to meet the financing needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The contractual amounts of commitments to extend credit represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless. The same credit policies are used in making commitments and contractual obligations as for on-balance-sheet instruments. Financial instruments whose contractual amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Commitments to grant mortgage loans

 

$

52,017

 

 

$

54,423

 

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

 

44,752

 

 

 

33,641

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

7,759

 

 

 

6,734

 

 

 

$

104,528

 

 

$

94,798

 

 

100


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 11. Commitments, Contingencies and Credit Risk (Continued)

 

Commitments to Grant Mortgage Loans: Commitments to grant mortgage loans are agreements to lend to a customer as long as all terms and conditions are met as established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses, and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer's creditworthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties. Material losses are not anticipated as a result of these transactions.

Unfunded Commitments Under Lines of Credit: Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extension of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are both uncollateralized and usually contain a specified maturity date and, ultimately, may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.

Standby Letters of Credit: Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Standby letters of credit are largely cash secured.

Concentration by Geographic Location: Loans, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers who are located primarily in New York City. The majority of such loans most often are secured by one-to-four family residential. The loans are expected to be repaid from the borrowers' cash flows.

Lease Commitments: At December 31, 2018, there were noncancelable operating leases for office space that expire on various dates through 2034. One such lease contains an escalation clause providing for increased rental based primarily on increases in real estate taxes.  Rental expenses under operating leases, included in occupancy expense, totaled $1,440, $1,488, and $1,393 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

The projected minimum rental payments under the terms of the leases at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2019

 

$

1,338

 

2020

 

 

1,345

 

2021

 

 

1,385

 

2022

 

 

1,294

 

2023

 

 

1,279

 

Thereafter

 

 

6,976

 

 

 

$

13,617

 

Legal Matters: The Company is involved in various legal proceedings which have arisen in the normal course of business. Management believes that resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

101


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 12. Fair Value

 

The following fair value hierarchy is used based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accrued Interest Receivable, Advance Payments by Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, Short-Term Borrowings Under Repurchase Agreements and Accrued Interest Payable: The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. These assets and liabilities were not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Available-for-Sale Securities: These financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models (e.g., matrix pricing) or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include government agency bonds and mortgage-backed securities. There were no changes in valuation techniques used to measure similar assets in 2018 and 2017.

FHLB Stock: The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value since the Company can redeem such stock with FHLB at carrying amount.  As a member of the FHLB, we are required to purchase this stock, which we carry at cost and classify as restricted equity securities.

 

Loans: For variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, carrying values are a reasonable estimate of fair values, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using estimated market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. Impaired loans are valued using a present value discounted cash flow method, or the fair value of the collateral. Loans are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Loans Held for Sale:  Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  The fair value of loans held for sale is determined from actual bids from bona fide investors.  These assets are classified as Level 2.  

 

Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired through foreclosure, and is recorded at fair value less estimated disposal costs on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management's estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the asset is classified as Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the asset is classified as Level 3.

 

Deposits: The fair values of demand deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts equal their carrying amounts, which represent the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-term, fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates on certificates of deposit to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on such deposits. Deposits are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

102


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 12. Fair Value (Continued)

 

Advances From the Federal Home Loan Bank: The fair value of the advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current market-based FHLB interest rates for advances of similar maturity to a schedule of maturities of such advances. These borrowings are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments: Fair values for off-balance-sheet instruments (lending commitments and standby letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. Off-balance-sheet instruments are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Pension Plan Asset: The pension plan asset for the defined benefit plan represents the guaranteed deposit account on the Old Pension Plan. The guaranteed deposit account is valued at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the creditworthiness of the issuer. Such fair value measurement is considered a Level 3 measurement.

 

The following tables detail the assets that are carried at fair value and measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and indicate the level within the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine the fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Description

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government and federal agencies

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

 

 

$

20,515

 

 

$

 

U.S. Treasury

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

759

 

 

 

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

875

 

 

 

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

27,144

 

 

$

4,995

 

 

$

22,149

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Description

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Available-for-Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government and federal agencies

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

 

 

$

24,552

 

 

$

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA Certificates

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

 

GNMA Certificates

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,897

 

 

$

 

 

$

28,897

 

 

$

 

 

Our assessment and classification of an investment within a level can change over time based upon maturity or liquidity of the investment and would be reflected at the beginning of the quarter in which the change occurred.

 

The following tables detail the assets carried at fair value and measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and indicate the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine the fair value:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Impaired loans

 

$

17,225

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,225

 

103


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 12. Fair Value (Continued)

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Impaired loans

 

$

25,160

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

25,160

 

 

Losses on assets carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were de minimis for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

The fair value information about financial instruments are disclosed, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. The estimated fair value amounts for 2018 and 2017 have been measured as of their respective period-ends and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these consolidated financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than amounts reported at each period.

 

The information presented should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only required for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to the wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other savings association holding companies may not be meaningful.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the book balances and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments were as follows:

 

104


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 12. Fair Value (Continued)

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

December 31, 2018

 

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

69,778

 

 

$

69,778

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

69,778

 

Investment securities

 

 

27,144

 

 

 

4,995

 

 

 

22,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,144

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

918,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

926,867

 

 

 

926,867

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

3,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,795

 

FHLB stock

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,915

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

115,923

 

 

 

115,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,923

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

269,749

 

 

 

269,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

269,749

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

424,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,564

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

6,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,037

 

Advances

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

69,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,404

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

59,724

 

 

$

59,724

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

59,724

 

Investment securities

 

 

28,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,897

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

798,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

813,160

 

 

 

813,160

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

3,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,335

 

FHLB stock

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,511

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

103,001

 

 

 

103,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103,001

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

200,923

 

 

 

200,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,923

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

410,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

414,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

414,902

 

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

 

5,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,025

 

Advances

 

 

36,400

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,400

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments: Loan commitments on which the committed interest rate is less than the current market rate are insignificant at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

.

 

105


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 13. Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC, respectively. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s operations and consolidated financial statements. Under the regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation require the maintenance of minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total risk-based and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (as defined), common equity Tier 1 capital (as defined), and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (as defined). Management believes that, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, all applicable capital adequacy requirements have been met.

The below minimum capital requirements exclude the capital conservation buffer required to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.  The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0% for 2015 to 2.5% by 2019.  The applicable capital buffer was 11.4% at December 31, 2018 and 12.7% at December 31, 2017.

The most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There were no conditions or events since then that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

 

106


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 13. Regulatory Capital Requirements (Continued)

The Company's and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 as compared to regulatory requirements are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

 

Prompt

Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Adequacy

Purposes

 

 

Action

Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

186,940

 

 

 

24.36

%

 

$

61,385

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

76,731

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

177,307

 

 

 

23.11

%

 

 

46,038

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

61,385

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

177,307

 

 

 

23.11

%

 

 

34,529

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

49,875

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

177,307

 

 

 

18.13

%

 

 

39,114

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

48,892

 

 

 

5.00

%

Ponce Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

148,486

 

 

 

19.39

%

 

$

61,261

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

76,577

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

138,872

 

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

45,946

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

61,261

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

138,872

 

 

 

18.14

%

 

 

34,459

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

49,775

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

138,872

 

 

 

13.66

%

 

 

40,652

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

50,815

 

 

 

5.00

%

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PDL Community Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

181,196

 

 

 

26.57

%

 

$

54,557

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

68,196

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

172,603

 

 

 

25.31

%

 

 

40,917

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

54,557

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

172,603

 

 

 

25.31

%

 

 

30,688

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

44,327

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

172,603

 

 

 

20.02

%

 

 

34,486

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

43,108

 

 

 

5.00

%

Ponce Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

141,120

 

 

 

20.73

%

 

$

54,447

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

68,059

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

 

132,577

 

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

40,835

 

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

54,447

 

 

 

8.00

%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

132,577

 

 

 

19.48

%

 

 

30,626

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

44,238

 

 

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

 

 

132,577

 

 

 

14.67

%

 

 

36,152

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

45,190

 

 

 

5.00

%

 

107


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Current Year Change

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net

 

$

(221

)

 

$

(70

)

 

$

(291

)

Unrealized losses on pension benefits, net

 

 

(7,630

)

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(7,844

)

Total

 

$

(7,851

)

 

$

(284

)

 

$

(8,135

)

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Current Year Change

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net

 

$

(166

)

 

$

(55

)

 

$

(221

)

Unrealized gains on pension benefits, net

 

 

(6,084

)

 

 

(1,546

)

 

 

(7,630

)

Total

 

$

(6,250

)

 

$

(1,601

)

 

$

(7,851

)

 

Note 15. Transactions with Related Parties

Directors and officers of the Company have been customers of and have had transactions with the Company, and it is expected that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. Aggregate loan transactions with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,351

 

 

$

1,573

 

 

$

1,728

 

Originations

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments

 

 

(473

)

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(155

)

Ending balance

 

$

1,278

 

 

$

1,351

 

 

$

1,573

 

 

The Company held deposits in the amount of $6,943 and $5,959 from officers and directors at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

Note 16. Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The following are the financial statements of the Parent as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

ASSETS

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

30,867

 

 

$

32,060

 

Investment in Ponce Bank

 

 

130,737

 

 

 

124,726

 

Loan receivable - ESOP

 

 

6,308

 

 

 

6,712

 

Other assets

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,349

 

Total assets

 

$

169,435

 

 

$

164,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

 

 

263

 

 

 

62

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

169,172

 

 

 

164,785

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

169,435

 

 

$

164,847

 

108


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 16. Parent Company Only Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Interest on ESOP loan

 

$

175

 

 

$

53

 

Interest on Certificate of Deposit

 

 

404

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

579

 

 

 

53

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

Management fee expense

 

 

411

 

 

 

 

Office occupancy and equipment

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Contribution to Ponce De Leon Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

6,293

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,823

 

 

 

 

Other noninterest expenses

 

 

171

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax (benefit)

 

 

(1,944

)

 

 

(6,240

)

Income tax (benefit)

 

 

(221

)

 

 

(1,287

)

Equity in undistributed earnings of Ponce Bank

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

566

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(4,387

)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(4,387

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating

   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(4,400

)

 

 

(566

)

Contribution to Ponce De Leon Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

6,093

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

83

 

 

 

(1,261

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in other assets

 

 

(257

)

 

 

(88

)

Net increase in other liabilities

 

 

202

 

 

 

62

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,597

)

 

 

(147

)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Ponce Bank

 

 

 

 

 

(39,272

)

Repayment of ESOP Loan

 

 

404

 

 

 

526

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

404

 

 

 

(38,746

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

78,191

 

Purchase of shares by ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

(7,238

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

70,953

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,193

)

 

 

32,060

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

32,060

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

30,867

 

 

$

32,060

 

 

109


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 17. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 

In thousands of Dollars except per share amounts

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

Net interest income

 

$

9,607

 

 

$

9,247

 

 

$

9,133

 

 

$

8,677

 

 

$

8,477

 

 

$

8,348

 

 

$

8,083

 

 

$

7,298

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

215

 

 

 

602

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

52

 

Net interest income after

   provision for loan losses

 

 

9,392

 

 

 

8,645

 

 

 

8,796

 

 

 

8,583

 

 

 

7,258

 

 

 

8,110

 

 

 

7,876

 

 

 

7,246

 

Non-interest income

 

 

815

 

 

 

714

 

 

 

524

 

 

 

885

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

768

 

 

 

884

 

 

 

758

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

9,074

 

 

 

8,769

 

 

 

8,455

 

 

 

8,259

 

 

 

8,736

 

 

 

13,730

 

 

 

6,995

 

 

 

7,096

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

590

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

1,209

 

 

 

(784

)

 

 

(4,852

)

 

 

1,765

 

 

 

908

 

Income tax expense

 

 

498

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

2,081

 

 

 

(1,643

)

 

 

641

 

 

 

345

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

635

 

 

$

402

 

 

$

699

 

 

$

941

 

 

$

(2,865

)

 

$

(3,209

)

 

$

1,124

 

 

$

563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Basic weighted average

   common shares

 

 

17,823,847

 

 

 

17,811,784

 

 

 

17,799,723

 

 

 

17,787,661

 

 

 

17,739,796

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Diluted weighted average

   common shares

 

 

17,832,966

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

Note 18. Subsequent Events

Termination of Defined Benefit Plan

 

On January 10, 2019, Ponce Bank adopted the resolutions to terminate the Bank’s defined benefit pension plan. The proposed terminiation date is May 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Bank estimated that terminating the plan would result in a $2.5 million net charge to operations. Because the cost to terminate the pension plan is primarily dependent on the value of the pension plan’s assets and applicable interest rates at the time of the termination of the pension plan, we will not know the actual costs associated with the termination of the pension plan until the date of the termination, and the actual cost could be significantly different from the estimated cost.  

Material Definitive Agreement

On February 7, 2019, Ponce Bank entered into an Agreement of Sale (the “Agreement”) with 30 East 170th Street Acquisitions LLC (the Purchaser”). There is no material relationship between the Bank, the Company,  the Purchaser and its affiliates.

The Agreement provides for the Bank to sell and the Purchaser to purchase the real property, which includes the building and land, currently owned by the Bank and located at 30 East 170th Street, Bronx, New York (the “Real Property”). The purchase price for the Real Property is $4.9 million. The Bank’s carrying value of the Real Property as of December 31, 2018 was $114,000. The Bank has and will incur expenses related to the sale of the Real Property which will impact the accounting for the sale. The Agreement provides that the closing of the transaction is to be on or about October 14, 2019. The Agreement has significant contingencies and conditions to closing and no assurance can be given that the sale of the Real Property will occur within the prescribed time frame or actually occur at all.

The Real Property is currently the location of one of the Bank’s branch offices. The Bank will not be negatively impacting its branch banking operations. The Bank has plans to relocate the branch banking operations to another already leased location in the immediate neighborhood. Construction of the new branch is currently underway. The relocation of the branch banking operations and the closing of the sale of the Real Property are anticipated to occur concurrently. However, due to the significant contingencies related to the sale of the Real Property, the relocation of the branch banking operations is not contingent on such sale.

 

 

110


PDL Community Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Note 18. Subsequent Events (Continued)

 

Share Repurchase Program

On March 22, 2019, the Company announced that its Board of Directors has adopted a share repurchase program effective March 25, 2019. Under the repurchase program, the Company may repurchase up to 923,151 shares of its common stock, or approximately 5% of the current outstanding shares, which will be used to fund the grants of restricted stock units and stock options made under the Company’s 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

The repurchases will be made in accordance with a pre-arranged stock repurchase plan adopted by the Company in accordance with the guidelines specified under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as well as from time to time through privately negotiated transactions at prevailing market prices, depending on market conditions. Repurchases under the Company’s 10b5-1 plan, administered through an independent broker, are subject to SEC regulations as well as certain market volume, price and timing limitations as set forth in the 10b5-1 plan.

Repurchased shares will be held by the Company as Treasury shares until used to fund the restricted stock units and option grants. The repurchase program may be suspended or terminated at any time without prior notice, and it will expire September 24, 2019.

 

 

 

111


 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure

 

a)

Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2018.  Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

b)

Management’s Annual Report

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of the Company’s financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.

In designing and evaluating the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, the Company and its management recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on management’s assessment, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established by Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

c)

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Not applicable because the Company is an emerging growth company.

 

d)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes made in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

112


 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The “Proposal I - Election of Directors – Directors, and – Executive Officer who is not a Director” sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2018 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The “Proposal I – “Election of Directors – Executive Compensation” section of the 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The “Voting Securities of Principal Holders” section of the Company’s 2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  See also Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The “Proposal I – Election of Directors - Transactions with Certain Related Persons, - Board Independence and -Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” sections of the Company’s 2018 Proxy statement are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The “Proposal II - Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” section of the  2018 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)(1)Financial Statements

The following are filed as a part of this Form 10-K under Item 8:

(A)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(B)

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of  December 31, 2018 and 2017

(C)

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(D)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(E)

Consolidated Statements Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(F)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(G)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)(2)Financial Statement Schedules

None.

(a)(3)Exhibits

 

113


 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

 

 

  3.1

 

Charter of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s amendment  No. 1 to the Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on May 22, 2017).

 

 

 

  3.2

 

Bylaws of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s amendment  No. 2 to the Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on July 27, 2017).

 

 

 

  4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of PDL Community Bancorp (attached as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s amendment  No. 2 to the Form S-1 (File No, 333-217275) filed with the Commission on July 27, 2017).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Ponce Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Ponce Bank ESOP Equalization Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Ponce De Leon Federal Deferred Compensation Plan (attached as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Employment  Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2017, by and between Ponce de Leon Federal Bank and Carlos P. Naudon (attached as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Carlos P. Naudon (attached as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment  Agreement, dated March 23, 2017, by and between Ponce De Leon Federal Bank and Steven Tsavaris (attached as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Steven Tsavaris (attached as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and between Ponce De Leon Federal Bank and Frank Perez (attached as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ponce Bank Mutual Holding Company, PDL Community Bancorp and Frank Perez (attached as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Specimen Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees (attached as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form  8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

10.11

 

Specimen Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (attached as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

114


 

10.12

 

Specimen Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees (attached as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

10.13

 

Specimen Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (attached as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38224) filed with the Commission on December 12, 2018).

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (attached as Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-217275) filed with the Commission on April 12, 2017).

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*

Filed herewith.

 

115


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Company Name

 

 

 

 

Date:  March 29, 2019

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 29, 2019

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frank Perez

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

March 29, 2019

Frank Perez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven A. Tsavaris

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

Steven A. Tsavaris

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Demetriou

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

James Demetriou

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Feldman

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

William Feldman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Julio Gurman

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

Julio Gurman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Maria Alvarez

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

Maria Alvarez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nick Lugo

 

Director

 

March 29, 2019

Nick Lugo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

pdlb-ex311_7.htm

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Carlos P. Naudon, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PDL Community Bancorp;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  March 29, 2019

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer & Director

 

 

pdlb-ex312_8.htm

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Frank Perez, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PDL Community Bancorp;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  March 29, 2019

 

By:

/s/ Frank Perez

 

 

 

Frank Perez

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

pdlb-ex321_6.htm

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  March 29, 2019

 

By:

/s/ Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

Carlos P. Naudon

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

pdlb-ex322_9.htm

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of PDL Community Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  March 29, 2019

 

By:

/s/ Frank Perez

 

 

 

Frank Perez

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer